Visalia Aerial Bid 884 Proposal Package - 01 Oct 22 (002) — Visalia City Council, October 17, 2022 (part 1 of 2)

goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road
Sacramento, CA 95828
Office 916.330.1638
Fax 916.330.1649
September 29, 2022
Mr
. Darrin Hughes, Battalion Chief
City of Visalia Fire Department
420 N. Burke Street
Visalia, CA 93292
D
ear Chief Hughes:

I am enclosing our proposal for one (1) new 105’ Ladder Truck with this cover letter. This is being proposed as a consortium purchase to HGAC contract FS12 -19, product code FS19 VA08.

Based on your department’s input, we have selected the Pierce Enforcer chassis on which to base this proposal. Some of the significant features you’ll find include:
 500
horsepower Cummins X12 motor with an Allison EVS 4000 transmission  Oshkosh TAK-4® independent rear suspension
 Harrison 6 kW hydraulic generator
 105’ Pierce Heavy-Duty Steel Ladder
 All emergency lighting is LED
T
he cost of the unit described in this proposal is dependent on how the city may choose to purchase it. As noted in the various options, Pierce deducts certain prepayment credits from the final invoice, depending on the selected purchasing option. Lease purchase options are available upon request which if elected, would allow you to take advantage of the 100% pre-payment pricing. Lease purchases provide greater budget flexibility using customized repayment terms to meet the unique cash flow requirements of your organization. Please take a look at the information and figures enclosed.

T
he total price shown includes California Sales Tax at the rate of 8.50% and also includes factory inspection trips as outlined in the specification. Price is based on delivery F.O.B. to the City of Visalia Fire Department at the address shown above.

If
the city elects to purchase the proposed apparatus and would like to submit a purchase order, please address it to the following:

Golden State Fire Apparatus Inc.
7400 Reese Road
Sacramento, CA 95828
This quote will be valid until October 31, 2022.

We appreciate the opportunity to submit this information and look forward to going over any questions you might have. Let me know if there’s anything else I can do and feel free to give me a call anytime. My cell number is (209) 777-0650 and thank you again.

Sincerely,
Dewayne Young
Sales Consultant

PRODUCT

PROPOSAL
Exhibit “A”
Bid #884
Please note that the Product Proposal
Pricing on the following page(s)
expires after 4:00 PM PST on October
31, 2022

OPTION A
100% Pre-Payment or Lease Purchase
This will be the price of the Product(s) contingent
upon the Customer paying 100% of the Grand Total
to GSFA within 15 days of Contract Signing (or
issuance of Purchase Order).

This discount is also available contingent upon a 3rd
Party (Leasing Company) paying 100% of the Grand
Total on behalf of the Customer within 15 days of
Contract Signing (or issuance of Purchase Order).

PROPOSAL PREPARED FOR
City of Visalia
Pierce Manufacturing, Inc.
105’ Enforcer Ladder Truck
HGAC FS12-19, Code FS19VA08
October 1, 2022

SALES CONSULTANT
Dewayne Young
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc.
7400 Reese Road
Sacramento, CA 95828
209.777.0650 Cell
[email protected]

PARTS, SERVICE & SUPPORT
Golden State Emergency Vehicle Service, Inc.
7400 Reese Road
Sacramento, CA 95828
916.330.1638 Office
[email protected]
P
age 2 of 3
www.goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road
Sacramento, CA 95828
Office 916.330.1638
Fax 916.330.1649
PROPOSAL PREPARED FOR:

City of Visalia
420 N. Burke Street
Visalia, CA 93292
W
e hereby propose and agree to furnish, after your acceptance of this proposal and the proper execution by the CITY OF VISALIA, hereinafter called “Customer” and an officer of Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc., hereinafter called “GSFA”, the following fire apparatus and equipment, hereinafter called “Product”:

OPOSAL SUMMARY
This proposal includes the following items in accordance with the specifications hereto attached:
 Fire apparatus and equipment described herein
 Delivery to GSFA service center in Sacramento
 Pre-delivery inspection/services by GSFA
 Final delivery from service center to Customer

PRODUCT COMPLETION
Product shall be built in accordance with the specifications hereto attached, delays due to acts of God, strikes, war, or intentional conflict, failures to obtain chassis, materials, unusual weather conditions or other causes beyond GSFA’s control not preventing, within approximately 900 to 930 CALENDAR DAYS after receipt of this order and the acceptance thereof at our Sacramento, California office. Within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of this order and acceptance thereof, GSFA shall submit to Customer a production schedule including tentative pre-construction conference, final inspection and final delivery dates.

ELIVERY LOCATION
Product shall be shipped in accordance with the specifications hereto attached and be delivered to you at VISALIA, CALIFORNIA. Proof of insurance must be demonstrated by the Customer to GSFA prior to transferring of the Product(s).

Submitted Date: October 1, 2022
Proposal Number: 111001-22A
Expiration
Date: October 31, 2022
Sales Consultant: Dewayne Young
# Description Unit Price
A One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 105’ Enforcer Ladder Truck (HGAC contract FS12-19, Product Code FS19VA08) 1,509,553.00
B Discount For 100% Pre-Payment at Time of Order (83,996.78) C SUBTOTAL 1,425,556.22
D 8.50% State Sales Tax 121,172.28
E California Tire Fee 10.50
F GRAND TOTAL 1,546,739.00
740
0 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | Office 916.330.1638 | Fax 916.330.1649

Page 3 of 3 ends

ACCEPTING THIS PROPOSAL
In the event Customer wishes to purchase the Product described in this Proposal and the attached specifications, then, prior to the expiration date listed on page 2 of this Proposal, Customer shall sign and return this Proposal. Thereafter, GSFA and Customer will endeavor to enter into a purchase agreement incorporating this Proposal and including additional terms (a “Purchase Agreement”). If Customer returns a signed copy of this Proposal alone, GSFA will send Customer its form of Purchase Agreement for Customer’s review and signature. If Customer desires to use its standard form of purchase order as the Purchase Agreement, then Customer should return a signed copy of this Proposal along with a copy of such purchase order. All purchase orders shall be made out to GSFA. GSFA will review such purchase order and contact the Customer regarding any required revisions. Only upon a full execution of a Purchase Agreement shall GSFA and Customer be obligated to purchase and sell the Product set forth in this Proposal.

RMS AND CONDITIONS
The following Terms and Conditions are hereby made part of this Proposal:

1. Payment Terms (100% Pre-Payment at Time of Order) –
Customer shall pay the amount listed on page two of this P
roposal, which includes: (i) the total price for the Product (the “Purchase Price”), (ii) the estimated state sales tax on the Product, and (iii) the California tire fee (together with the Purchase Price and estimated state sales tax, the “Grand Total”) within fifteen (15) calendar days from the date on which the Purchase Agreement is fully executed. The proposed delivery timeframe for the Product, which is outlined on page one of this Proposal, shall not begin until full payment of the Grand Total is received. In the event Customer does not pay GSFA the Grand Total in the timeframe set forth in this Section 1, GSFA may, in its sole discretion, cancel the Purchase Agreement entered into between the parties.
2 . Multiple Unit Purchase – If the Purchase Price includes pricing for multiple units, the price stated on this Proposal shall only be valid if the quantity of Products being proposed are purchased at the same time, pursuant to the same Purchase Agreement. 3 . Stock / Demo Units – If applicable, any stock/demo units, including those identified by this Proposal, are available for sale on an as-is, first-come and first served-basis. Regardless of thi s
P
roposal, the first Customer to enter into a Purchase Agreement identifying any such stock/demo unites shall obtain said units.

4. Order Changes – The Customer may request that GSFA
incorporate a change to the Product or the Specifications for the Product by delivering a written change order to GSFA, whic h
sh
all include a description of the proposed change sufficient to p
ermit GSFA to evaluate the feasibility of such change (a “Change Order”). GSFA will provide Customer a written response (a “Response”) stating (i) whether GSFA will accommodate such Change Order (which GSFA may decide in its sole and absolute discretion) and (ii) the terms of the modification to the order, including any increase or decrease in the Purchase Price resulting from such Change Order, and any effect on production
scheduling or Delivery resulting from such Change Order.

Customer shall have seven (7) days after receipt of the Response to notify GSFA as to whether Customer desires to make the changes GSFA has approved in the Response. In the event Customer counter-signs GSFA’s Response, Customer shall pay the increase (or be refunded the decrease) in the Purchase Price prior to final delivery to Customer location.

5. Force Majeure – GSFA shall not be responsible nor deemed to be in default on account of delays in performance due to cause s
w
hich are beyond GSFA’s and manufacturer’s control and which make GSFA’s performance impracticable, including but not limited to wars, insurrections, strikes, riots, fires, storms, floods, other acts of nature, explosions, earthquakes, accidents, any act of government, delays in transportation, inability to obtain necessary labor supplies or manufacturing facilities, allocation regulations or orders affecting materials, equipment, facilities or completed products, failure to obtain any required license or certificates, acts of God or the public enemy or terrorism, failure of transportation, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, failure of vendors (due to causes similar to those within the scope of thi s
c
lause) to perform their contracts or labor troubles causing cessation, slowdown, or interruption of work.
6 . Cancellation/Termination – In the event Customer and GSFA enter into a Purchase Agreement and Customer thereafter cancels or terminates the Purchase Agreement, GSFA will charge a cancellation fee as follows: (a) 10% of the Purchase Price after order is accepted and entered by GSFA; (b) 20% of the Purchase Price after completion of the pre-construction phase of the order process; and (c) 50% of the Purchase Price after the requisition of any materials or commencement of any manufacturing or assembly of the Product by either GSFA or the manufacturer of the Product. The tier of cancellation fee applicable to any cancellation shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of GSFA.

7. State Sales Tax – Customer shall be responsible for the cost of state sales tax associated with, or attributable to the Product.

The taxes owed by Customer for the Product is subjec
t to
a
djustment for the applicable state sales tax rate in effect when the Product is delivered to the Customer. Therefore, the sales tax will be increased or decreased at the time of delivery if a change in the sales tax rate has occurred, in which case Customer shall pay GSFA (or be refunded by GSFA) the applicable change in sales tax.

8. Proposal Expiration – After the Expiration Date shown on page one of this Proposal, Customer shall require GSFA’s written consent to accept this Proposal.

9. Governing Law – This Proposal is to be governed by and under the laws of the state of California.

T
hank you for providing Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. with the opportunity to provide this proposal. If you have any questions regarding the options presented or need additional options, please contact me.

S
incerely, I, _______________________________________________________________authorized representative of CITY OF VISALIA agrees to purchase the proposed Product(s) and agree to the terms and conditions of this proposal and the specifications hereto attached.

D
ewayne Young SIGNATURE: __________________________________________________________________________ Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc.

TITLE: _______________________________________ __________ DATE: ____________________

OPTION B
Payment at Time of Delivery or Pickup
This will be the price of the Product(s) contingent
upon the Customer paying 100% of the Grand Total
to GSFA at time of delivery or pick up

PROPOSAL PREPARED FOR
City of Visalia
Pierce Manufacturing, Inc.
105’ Enforcer Ladder Truck
HGAC FS12-19, Code FS19VA08
October 1, 2022

SALES CONSULTANT
Dewayne Young
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc.
7400 Reese Road
Sacramento, CA 95828
209.777.0650 Cell
[email protected]

Submitted Date: October 1, 2022
Proposal Number: 111001-22B
Expiration
Date: October 31, 2022
Sales Consultant: Dewayne Young
# Description Unit Price
A One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 105’ Enforcer Ladder Truck (HGAC contract FS12-19, Product Code FS19VA08) 1,509,553.00
B 8.50% State Sales Tax 128,312.01
C California Tire Fee 10.50
D GRAND TOTAL 1,637,875.51
740
0 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | Office 916.330.1638 | Fax 916.330.1649

Page 3 of 3 ends

RMS AND CONDITIONS
The following Terms and Conditions are hereby made part of this Proposal:

1. Payment Terms (Payment at Time of Delivery) – Customer shall pay the Grand Total at time of delivery or pick up of the Product to GSFA. It is the responsibility of the Customer to have full payment ready when the Product is complete and ready to deliver or pick up. If payment is late or delivery is delayed pending payment, a daily finance charge of $150.00 and a daily storage fee of $50.00 may apply until such payment is received.

Due to insurance liability, the Product(s) will not be left at the Customer’s location without full acceptance and payment or prior written agreement between the Customer and GSFA.
2 . Multiple Unit Purchase – If the Purchase Price includes pricing for multiple units, the price stated on this Proposal shall only be valid if the quantity of Products being proposed are purchased at the same time, pursuant to the same Purchase Agreement. 3 . Stock / Demo Units – If applicable, any stock/demo units, including those identified by this Proposal, are available for sale on an as-is, first-come and first served-basis. Regardless of thi s
P
roposal, the first Customer to enter into a Purchase Agreement identifying any such stock/demo unites shall obtain said units.

4. Order Changes – The Customer may request that GSFA
incorporate a change to the Product or the Specifications for the Product by delivering a written change order to GSFA, which shall include a description of the proposed change sufficien t to
p
ermit GSFA to evaluate the feasibility of such change (a “Change Order”). GSFA will provide Customer a written response (a “Response”) stating (i) whether GSFA will accommodate such Change Order (which GSFA may decide in its sole and absolute discretion) and (ii) the terms of the modification to the order, including any increase or decrease in the Purchase Price resulting from such Change Order, and any effect on production
scheduling or Delivery resulting from such Change Order.

5. Force Majeure – GSFA shall not be responsible nor deemed to be in default on account of delays in performance due to causes which are beyond GSFA’s and manufacturer’s control and which make GSFA’s performance impracticable, including but n
ot
l
imited to wars, insurrections, strikes, riots, fires, storms, floods, other acts of nature, explosions, earthquakes, accidents, any act o
f government, delays in transportation, inability to obtain necessary labor supplies or manufacturing facilities, allocation regulations or orders affecting materials, equipment, facilities or completed products, failure to obtain any required license or certificates, acts of God or the public enemy or terrorism, failure of transportation, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, failure of vendors (due to causes similar to those within the scope of thi s
c
lause) to perform their contracts or labor troubles causing cessation, slowdown, or interruption of work.
6 . Cancellation/Termination – In the event Customer and GSFA enter into a Purchase Agreement and Customer thereafter cancels or terminates the Purchase Agreement, GSFA will charge a cancellation fee as follows: (a) 10% of the Purchase Price after order is accepted and entered by GSFA; (b) 20% of the Purchase Price after completion of the pre-construction phase of the order process; and (c) 50% of the Purchase Price after the requisition of any materials or commencement of any manufacturing or assembly of the Product by either GSFA or the manufacturer of the Product. The tier of cancellation fee applicable to any cancellation shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of GSFA.

7. State Sales Tax – Customer shall be responsible for the cost of state sales tax associated with, or attributable to the Product.

The taxes owed by Customer for the Product is subject to a
djustment for the applicable state sales tax rate in effect when the Product is delivered to the Customer. Therefore, the sales tax will be increased or decreased at the time of delivery if a change in the sales tax rate has occurred, in which case Customer shall pay GSFA (or be refunded by GSFA) the applicable change in sales tax.

8. Proposal Expiration – After the Expiration Date shown on page one of this Proposal, Customer shall require GSFA’s written consent to accept this Proposal.

9. Governing Law – This Proposal is to be governed by and under the laws of the state of California.

D
ewayne Young SIGNATURE: __________________________________________________________________________ Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc.

TITLE: _______________________________________ __________ DATE: ____________________

PRODUCT

SPECIFICATIONS
Exhibit “B”
Bid #884

Proposal Details Report
OptionCode
Type
Option
ProposalText
0766643
Boiler Plates, Aerial 105' HD Ladder,
w/o Pump
Golden State Fire Apparatus
is pleased to submit a proposal to
Visalia Fire Department
for a
Pierce®
105
' Heavy Duty Aerial Ladder
per your request for quotation. The following
paragraphs will describe in detail the apparatus, construction methods, and equipment proposed.

This proposal will indicate size, type, model and make of components parts and equipment, providing proof of compliance with each and every item (except where noted) in the departments advertised specifications.

PIERCE MANUFACTURING was founded in
1913
. Since then we have been building bodies with
one philosophy, "BUILD THE FINEST". Our skilled craftsmen take pride in their work, which is reflected, in the final product. We have been building fire apparatus since the early "forties" giving Pierce Manufacturing over
75 years of experience in the fire apparatus market. Pierce Manufacturing has built and put into service more than
62,500
apparatus, including more than
33,900
on Pierce custom chassis designed and built specifically for fire and emergency applications. Our Appleton, Wisconsin facility has over 870,000
total square feet of floor space
situated on approximately
105
acres of land. Our Bradenton, Florida facility has
300,000
square
feet of floor space situated on approximately
38 acres of land.

Our beliefs in high ethical standards are carried through in all of our commitments and to everyone with whom we do business. Honesty, Integrity, Accountability and Citizenship are global tenets by which we all live and work. Consequently, we neither engage in, nor have we ever been convicted of price fixing, bid rigging, or collusion in any domestic or international fire apparatus market.

Pierce has only one brand of fire apparatus "Pierce", ensuring you are receiving top of the line product that meets your specification.

In accordance with the current edition of NFPA
1901
standards, this proposal will specify whether
the fire department, manufacturer, or apparatus dealership will provide required loose equipment.

Images and illustrative material in this proposal are as accurate as known at the time of publication, but are subject to change without notice. Images and illustrative material is for reference only, and may include optional equipment and accessories and may not include all standard equipment.

GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
To control quality, ensure compatibility, and provide a single source for service and warranty, the custom cab, chassis, pump module and body will be entirely designed, assembled/welded and painted in Pierce owned manufacturing facilities. This includes, but not limited to the cab weldment, the pumphouse module assembly, the chassis assembly, the body and the electrical system.

QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP
Pierce has set the pace for quality and workmanship in the fire apparatus field. Our tradition of building the highest quality units with craftsmen second to none has been the rule right from the beginning and we demonstrate that ongoing commitment by: Ensuring all steel welding follows American Welding Society D

1.1-2004
recommendations for structural steel welding. All aluminum welding follows American Welding society and ANSI D

1.2-2003
requirements for structural
welding of aluminum. All sheet metal welding follows American welding Society B

2.1-2000

requirements for structural welding of sheet metal. Our flux core arc welding uses alloy rods, type 7000
and is performed to American Welding Society standards A

5.20 -E
70 T
1 . Furthermore, all
employees classified as welders are tested and certified to meet the American welding Society codes upon hire and every three (
3 ) years thereafter. Pierce also employs and American Welding Society certified welding inspector in plant during working hours to monitor weld quality.

Pierce Manufacturing operates a Quality Management System under the requirements of ISO 9001
. These standards sponsored by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) specify the quality systems that are established by the manufacturer for design, manufacture, installation and service. A copy of the certificate of compliance is included with this proposal.

In addition to the Quality Management system, we also employ a Quality Achievement Supplier program to insure the vendors and suppliers that we utilize meet the high standards we demand.

That is just part of our overall "Quality at the Source" program at Pierce.

To demonstrate the quality of our products and services, a list of at least two (
2 )
fire
departments/municipalities that have purchased vehicles for a second time is provided.

DELIVERY
The apparatus will be delivered under its own power to insure proper break-in of all components while the apparatus is still under warranty.

A qualified delivery representative shall deliver the
apparatus and remain for a sufficient length of time to instruct personnel in proper operation, care and maintenance of the equipment delivered.

MANUAL AND SERVICE INFORMATION
At time of delivery, complete operation and maintenance manuals covering the apparatus will be provided. A permanent plate will be mounted in the driver's compartment specifying the quantity and type of fluids required including engine oil, engine coolant, transmission, pump transmission lubrication, pump primer and drive axle.

SAFETY VIDEO
At the time of delivery Pierce will also provide one (
1 )
39 -minute, professionally produced
apparatus safety video, in DVD format. This video will address key safety considerations for personnel to follow when they are driving, operating, and maintaining the apparatus, including the following: vehicle pre-trip inspection, chassis operation, pump operation, aerial operation, and safety during maintenance.

PERFORMANCE TESTS
A road test will be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded and a continuous run of no less than ten (
10 ) miles. During that time the apparatus will show no loss of power nor will it overheat. The 9/29/2022
Customer:

VISALIA FIRE DEPARTMENT
Bid Number:
884
Representative
Young, Dewayne
Job Number:

Requirements Manager:

Organization:

Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Description:

Visalia Fire - 105' HD Ladder, E
Chassis:

Enforcer Chassis, Aerials/Tankers, Tandem Axle
Body:

Aerial, HD Ladder 105', No Pump, Alum Body
1 884
Bid #:

transmission drive shaft or shafts and the axles will run quietly and be free of abnormal vibration or noise. The apparatus when fully loaded will not have less than 25 percent nor more than
50 percent on the front axle, and not less than
50 percent nor more than
75 percent on the rear axle.

The apparatus will meet NFPA
1901
acceleration and braking requirements.

SERVICE AND WARRANTY SUPPORT
Pierce dealership support will be provided by
Golden State Emergency Vehicle Service
by
operating in conjunction with
a Pierce authorized service center. The service center will have factory-trained mechanics on staff versed in Pierce fire apparatus. The service facility will be located within
two hundred fifty (
250
) miles
of the fire department.

In addition to the dealership, Pierce has service facilities located in both, Weyauwega, Wisconsin and Bradenton, Florida. Pierce also maintains a dedicated parts facility of over 100,000
square
feet in Appleton, Wisconsin. The parts facility stocks in excess of $5,000,000
in parts dedicated to
service and replacement parts. The parts facility employs a staff dedicated solely for the distribution and shipment of service and replacement parts.

Service parts for the apparatus being proposed can be found via Pierceparts.com which, is an interactive online tool that delivers information regarding your specific apparatus as well as the opportunity to register for training classes.

As a Pierce customer you have the ability to view the complete bill of materials for your specific apparatus, including assembly drawings, piece part drawings, and beneficial parts notations. You will also have the ability to search the complete Pierce item master through a parts search function which offers all Pierce SKU's and descriptions offered on all Pierce apparatus. Published component catalogs, which include proprietary systems along with an extensive operators manual library is available for easy reference.

Pierce Manufacturing maintains a dedicated service and warranty staff of over 35 personnel,
dedicated to customer support, which also maintains a
24 hour
7 day a week toll free hot line,
four (
4 ) on staff EVTs, and offers hands-on repair and maintenance training classes multiple times a year.

LIABILITY
The successful bidder will defend any and all suits and assume all liability for the use of any patented process including any device or article forming a part of the apparatus or any appliance furnished under the contract.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY BIDDER

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three ( 3 )
years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial general liability insurance:

Each Occurrence
$1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate
$1,000,000
Personal and Advertising Injury
$1,000,000
General Aggregate
$2,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form and will include Contractual Liability coverage for bodily injury and property damage subject to the terms and conditions of the policy.

The policy will include Owner as an additional insured when required by written contract.

COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial automobile liability insurance and coverage will be written on a Commercial Automobile liability form:

Each Accident Combined Single Limit:
$1,000,000

UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three ( 3 )
years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance:

Aggregate:
$3,000,000
Each Occurrence:
$3,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and at a minimum provide excess to the bidder's General Liability and Automobile Liability policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (
1 ) or more policies provided all other
insurance requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

All policies will provide a
30 -day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance will provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions.

Bidder agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as certificate holder.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER

PRODUCT LIABILITY INSURANCE
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three ( 3 ) years
following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of Product Liability insurance:

Each Occurrence
$1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate
$1,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form. The manufacturer's policy will include the owner as additional insured when required by written contract between the Owner and a Pierce authorized dealer.

UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three ( 3 ) years
following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance:
2 884
Bid #:

Each Occurrence:
$25,000,000
Aggregate:
$25,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and provide excess to the manufacturer's General Liability/Products policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (
1 ) or more policies provided all other
insurance requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

Manufacturer agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as the certificate holder.
0018180
Single Source Compliance, Aerials

SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER
Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. provides an integrated approach to the design and manufacture of our products that delivers superior apparatus and a dedicated support team. From our facilities, the chassis, cab weldment, cab, pump house (including the sheet metal enclosure, valve controls, piping and operators panel) body and aerial device will be entirely designed, tested, and hand assembled to the customer's exact specifications. The electrical system either hardwired or multiplexed, will be both designed and integrated by Pierce Manufacturing. The warranties relative to these major components (excluding component warranties such as engine, transmission, axles, pump, etc.) will be provided by Pierce as a single source manufacturer.

Pierce's single source solution adds value by providing a fully engineered product that offers durability, reliability, maintainability, performance, and a high level of quality. 0584456
Manufacture Location, Appleton,
Wisconsin
Your apparatus will be manufactured in Appleton, Wisconsin. 0584452
RFP Location: Appleton, Wisconsin

0588609
Vehicle Destination, US

0610784
Comply NFPA 1901 Changes
Effective Jan 1, 2016, With
Exceptions
NFPA
2016

STANDARDS
This unit will comply with the NFPA standards effective January 1 ,
2016
, except for fire
department directed exceptions. These exceptions will be set forth in the Statement of Exceptions.

Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces will be supplied with delivery of the apparatus.

All horizontal surfaces designated as a standing or walking surface that are greater than

48.00 "
above the ground must be defined by a

1.00 " wide line along its outside perimeter. Perimeter markings and designated access paths to destination points will be identified on the customer approval print and are shown as approximate. Actual location(s) will be determined based on materials used and actual conditions at final build. Access paths may pass through hose storage areas and opening or removal of covers or restraints may be required. Access paths may require the operation of devices and equipment such as the aerial device or ladder rack.

A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated will be provided. This plate will show the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating.

The manufacturer will have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any staff involved with certifications.

An official of the company will designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and certify test results.
0533349
Aerial Fire Apparatus

0588613
Vehicle Certification, Aerial w/o Pump

3 884
Bid #:

0681279
Agency, Apparatus Certification,
Aerial w/o Pump, U.L.

NFPA COMPLIANCY
Apparatus proposed by the bidder will meet the applicable requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of contract execution. Fire department's specifications that differ from NFPA specifications will be indicated in the proposal as "non-NFPA".

INSPECTION CERTIFICATE
A third party inspection certificate for the aerial device will be furnished upon delivery of the aerial device. The certificate will be Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Type 1 and will indicate that the
aerial device has been inspected on the production line and after final assembly.

Visual structural inspections will be performed on all welds on both aluminum and steel ladders.

On critical weld areas, or on any suspected defective area, the following tests will be conducted:

Magnetic particle inspection will be conducted on steel aerials to assure the integrity of the weldments and to detect any flaws or weaknesses. Magnets will be placed on each side of the weld while iron powder is placed on the weld itself. The powder will detect any crack that may exist. This test will conform to ASTM E
709
and be performed prior to assembly of the aerial
device.

A liquid penetrant test will be conducted on aluminum aerials to assure the integrity of the weldments and to detect any flaws or weaknesses. This test will conform to ASTM E 165
and be
performed prior to assembly of the aerial device.

Ultrasonic inspection will conducted on all aerials to detect any flaws in pins, bolts and other critical mounting components.

In addition to the tests above, functional tests, load tests, and stability tests will be performed on all aerials. These tests will determine any unusual deflection, noise, vibration, or instability characteristics of the unit.

GENERATOR TEST
If the unit has a generator, the generator will be tested, approved, and certified by Underwriters Laboratories at the manufacturer's expense. The test results will be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery.

BREATHING AIR TEST
If the unit has breathing air, Pierce Manufacturing will draw an air sample from the air system and certify that the air quality meets the requirements of NFPA 1989
,
Standard on
Breathing Air
Quality for Fire and Emergency Services Respiratory Protection. 0891947
Certification, Vehicle Inspection
Program, NFPA 1901

VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CERTIFICATION
To assure the vehicle is built to current NFPA
1901
standards, the apparatus, in its entirety, will
be third-party, independent, audit-certified through Underwriters Laboratory (UL) that it is built and complies to all applicable standards in the current edition. The certification includes: all design, production, operational, and performance testing of not only the apparatus, but those components that are installed on the apparatus.

A placard will be affixed in the driver's side area stating the third party agency, the date, the standard and the certificate number of the whole vehicle audit. 0536644
Customer Service Website

AFTERMARKET SUPPORT WEBSITE
Pierceparts.com will provide
Pierce authorized dealer
access to comprehensive information
pertaining to the maintenance and service of their customer's apparatus. This tool will provide the Pierce authorized dealer the ability to service and support their customers to the best of their ability with factory support at their fingertips.

Pierceparts.com is also accessible to the end user through the guest login. Limited access is available and vehicle specific parts information accessible by entering a specific VIN number. All end users should see their local authorized Pierce dealer for additional support and service.

The website will consist of the following screens at the dealer level:

My Fleet Screen
The My Fleet screen will provide access to truck detail information on the major components of the vehicle, warranty information, available vehicle photographs, vehicle drawings, sales options, applicable vehicle software downloads, etc.

Parts Screens
The Parts screens will provide parts look-up capability of Pierce Manufacturing sourced items, with the aid of digital photographs, part drawings and assembly drawings. The parts search application will permit the searching of parts by item description or function group (major system category). The parts application will provide the ability to submit electronically a parts order, parts quote, or parts return request directly to Pierce Manufacturing for processing.

Warranty Screen
The Warranty screens will provide dealers the ability to submit electronically warranty claims directly to Pierce Manufacturing for reimbursement.

My Reports Screens
The My Reports screens will provide access to multiple dealer reports to allow the dealership to maintain communication with the customer on the status of orders, claims, and phone contacts.

Technical Support Screens
The Technical Support screens will provide access to all currently published Operation and Maintenance and Service Publications. Access to Pierce Manufacturing Service Bulletins and Work Instructions, containing information on current service topics and recommendations will be provided.

Training
The Training screens will provide access to upcoming training classes offered by Pierce Manufacturing along with interactive electronic learning modules (Operators Guides) covering the operation of major vehicle components will be provided. Access to training manuals used in Pierce Manufacturing training classes will be provided.

About Pierce
Access to customer service articles, corporate news, quarterly newsletters, and key contacts within the Customer Service Department will be provided. The current Customer Service Policy and Procedure Manual, detailing the operation of the Customer Service group will also be accessible.
4 884
Bid #:

0620362
Consortium, HGAC

0535579
Not Required, Unit of Measure, (no
pump, no tank)
0030006
Bid Bond Not Requested

BID BOND NOT REQUESTED
A bid bond will not be included. If requested, the following will apply:

All bidders will provide a bid bond as security for the bid in the form of a 5%
bid bond to
accompany their bid. This bid bond will be issued by a Surety Company who is listed on the U.S.

Treasury Departments list of acceptable sureties as published in Department Circular 570
. The
bid bond will be issued by an authorized representative of the Surety Company and will be accompanied by a certified power of attorney dated on or before the date of bid. The bid bond will include language, which assures that the bidder/principal will give a bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents, with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of the contract, including the Basic One (
1 ) Year Limited Warranty, and for the
prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution of the contract.

Notwithstanding any document or assertion to the contrary, any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will apply only to the Basic One (
1 ) Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle. Any surety
bond related to the sale of a vehicle will not apply to any other warranties that are included within this bid (OEM or otherwise) or to the warranties (if any) of any third party of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. In the event of any contradiction or inconsistency between this provision and any other document or assertion, this provision will prevail.
0582697
Performance Bond, 100% with
Warranty Bond, 1 Yr, and Payment
Bond

PERFORMANCE BOND,
1 YEAR
The successful bidder will furnish a Performance and Payment bond (Bond) equal to 100
percent
of the total contract amount within
30 days of the notice of award. Such Bond will be in a form acceptable to the Owner and issued by a surety company included within the Department of Treasury's Listing of Approved Sureties (Department Circular 570
) with a minimum A.M. Best
Financial Strength Rating of A and Size Category of XV. In the event of a bond issued by a surety of a lesser Size Category, a minimum Financial Strength rating of A+ is required.

Bidder and Bidder's surety agree that the Bond issued hereunder, whether expressly stated or not, also includes the surety's guarantee of the vehicle manufacturer's Basic One ( 1 ) Year Limited
Warranty period included within this proposal. Owner agrees that the penal amount of this bond will be simultaneously amended to
100
percent of the total contract amount upon satisfactory
acceptance and delivery of the vehicle(s) included herein. Notwithstanding anything contained within this contract to the contrary, the surety's liability for any warranties of any type will not exceed one (
1 ) year from the date of such satisfactory acceptance and delivery, or the actual Basic One (
1 ) Year Limited Warranty period, whichever is shorter. 0000007
Approval Drawing

APPROVAL DRAWING
A drawing of the proposed apparatus will be prepared and provided to the purchaser for approval before construction begins. The Pierce sales representative will also be provided with a copy of the same drawing. The finalized and approved drawing will become part of the contract documents. This drawing will indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren, horns, compartments, major components, etc.

A "revised" approval drawing of the apparatus will be prepared and submitted by Pierce to the purchaser showing any changes made to the approval drawing. 0002928
Electrical Diagrams

ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS
Two (
2 ) electrical wiring diagrams, prepared for the model of chassis and body, will be provided. 0624539
Enforcer Chassis, Aerials/Tankers,
Tandem Axle

ENFORCER CHASSIS
The Pierce Enforcer
™
is the custom chassis developed exclusively for the fire service. Chassis provided will be a new, tilt-type custom fire apparatus. The chassis will be manufactured in the apparatus body builder's facility eliminating any split responsibility. The chassis will be designed and manufactured for heavy-duty service, with adequate strength, capacity for the intended load to be sustained, and the type of service required. The chassis will be the manufacturer's first line tilt cab.
0021007
Maximum Overall Height

MAXIMUM OVERALL HEIGHT
The maximum overall height of the apparatus will be
143.00
" (
11 '
11 ")
.
0021010
Maximum Overall Length

MAXIMUM OVERALL LENGTH
The maximum overall length of the apparatus will be
511.00
" (
42 '
7 ")
.
0000110
Wheelbase

WHEELBASE
The wheelbase of the vehicle will be
262.5
"
.
0000070
GVW Rating

GVW RATING
The gross vehicle weight rating will be
70,800
pounds
.
5 884
Bid #:

0729280
Frame Rails, 13.38 x 3.50 x .375,
Enforcer
FRAME
The chassis frame will be built with two (
2 ) steel channels bolted to five (
5 ) cross members or
more, depending on other options of the apparatus. The side rails will have a

13.38 " tall web over
the front and mid sections of the chassis, with a continuous smooth taper to

10.75 " over the rear
axle. Each rail will have a section modulus of

25.992
cubic inches and a resisting bending
moment (rbm) of
3,119,040
in-lb over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of

18.96 cubic inches with an rbm of
2,275,200
in-lb over the rear axle. The frame rails
will be constructed of
120,000
psi yield strength heat-treated

0.38 " thick steel with

3.50 " wide
flanges.
0889469
Frame Liner, "C/Inv L" 12.50" x 3.00"
x .25", AXT/Vel/Imp/Enf, 56" QVal

FRAME REINFORCEMENT
In addition, a mainframe internal liner will be provided. The liner will be an internal "C" design that steps to an internal "L" design over the rear axle. It will be heat-treated steel measuring

12.50 " x

3.00 " x

0.25 " through the front portion of the liner, stepping to

9.38 " x

3.00 " x

0.25 " through the
rear portion of the liner. Each liner will have a section modulus of

13.58 cubic inches, yield
strength of
110,000
psi, and rbm of
1,494,042
in-lb. Total rbm at wheelbase center will be
4,391,869
in-lb.

The frame liner will be mounted inside of the chassis frame rail and extend the full length of the frame.
0629940
Axle, Front, Oshkosh TAK-4, Non
Drive, 22,800 lb, Enforcer

FRONT NON DRIVE AXLE
The Oshkosh TAK-
4 ® front axle will be of the independent suspension design with a ground rating of
22,800
lb.

Upper and lower control arms will be used on each side of the axle. Upper control arm castings will be made of
100,000
-psi yield strength
8630
steel and the lower control arm casting will be
made of
55,000
-psi yield ductile iron.

The center cross members and side plates will be constructed out of 80,000
-psi yield strength
steel.

Each control arm will be mounted to the center section using elastomer bushings. These rubber bushings will rotate on low friction plain bearings and be lubricated for life. Each bushing will also have a flange end to absorb longitudinal impact loads, reducing noise and vibrations.

There will be nine (
9 ) grease fittings supplied, one (
1 ) on each control arm pivot and one (
1 ) on
the steering gear extension.

The upper control arm will be shorter than the lower arm so that wheel end geometry provides positive camber when deflected below rated load and negative camber above rated load.

Camber at load will be zero degrees for optimum tire life.

The ball joint bearing will be of low friction design and be maintenance free.

Toe links that are adjustable for alignment of the wheel to the center of the chassis will be provided.

The wheel ends will have little to no bump steer when the chassis encounters a hole or obstacle.

The steering linkage will provide proper steering angles for the inside and outside wheel, based on the vehicle wheelbase.

The axle will have a turning angle of up to
45 degrees.
0010427
Suspension, Front TAK-4, 22,800 lb,
Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/DCF/Enf

FRONT SUSPENSION
Front Oshkosh TAK-
4 ™
independent suspension will be provided with a minimum ground rating of
22,800
lb.

The independent suspension system will be designed to provide maximum ride comfort. The design will allow the vehicle to travel at highway speeds over improved road surfaces and at moderate speeds over rough terrain with minimal transfer of road shock and vibration to the vehicle's crew compartment.

Each wheel will have torsion bar type spring. In addition, each front wheel end will also have energy absorbing jounce bumpers to prevent bottoming of the suspension.

The suspension design will be such that there is at least

10.00 " of total wheel travel and a
minimum of

3.75 " before suspension bottoms.

The torsion bar anchor lock system allows for simple lean adjustments, without the use of shims.

One can adjust for a lean within
15 minutes per side. Anchor adjustment design is such that it allows for ride height adjustment on each side.

The independent suspension was put through a durability test that simulated 140,000
miles of
inner city driving.
0087572
Shock Absorbers, KONI, TAK-4,
Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/DCF/Enf

FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERS
KONI heavy-duty telescoping shock absorbers will be provided on the front suspension. 0000322
Oil Seals, Front Axle

FRONT OIL SEALS
Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the front axle. 0899438
Tires, Front, Goodyear, Armor MAX
MSA, 425/65R22.50, 20 ply

FRONT TIRES
Front tires will be Goodyear
425/65
R

22.50 radials,
20 ply Armor Max MSA, rated for
22,800
lb
maximum axle load and
68 mph maximum speed.
0604672
Wheels, Front, Accuride, 22.50" x

12.25", Steel, Hub Pilot
The tires will be mounted on Accuride® 22.50" x 12.25" steel disc type wheels with a ten (10) stud, 11.25" bolt circle.
6 884
Bid #:

0895307
SP
Axle, Rear, Oshkosh TAK-4 IRS,
48,000 lb, ENF, NO STEER

REAR AXLE
The rear axle will be a Oshkosh TAK-
4 ® tandem axle assembly, of the independent suspension design, with a ground rating of
48,000
lb.

The rear axles will be designed for specific use of the independent suspension.

The rear independent suspension driving axles will be equipped with a carrier reduction of

1.69 to

1.00 with a planetary wheel end reduction of

3.55 to

1.00 . Driving torque will be transmitted from
the center differential to the planetary wheel drive by means of a half shaft.

Oil fills and level checks will be required at the center differential and the planet wheel end locations.

Driver controlled inter and intra axle differential locks will be provided. The locks will be designed for use on low friction coefficient surfaces. Locks will be manually controlled by the driver. 0602744
Top Speed of Vehicle, Non-NFPA
2016 Compliant

TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE
NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition requires limits on the top speed of vehicles. NFPA

4.15.2 requires that
the maximum top speed of fire apparatus with a GVWR over 26,000
lb will not exceed either
68 mph or the manufacturer's maximum fire service speed rating for the tires installed on the apparatus, whichever is lower. NFPA

4.15.3 requires that if the combined water tank and foam agent tank on the fire apparatus exceed
1250
gallons or the GVWR of the vehicle is over
50,000

lb, the maximum top speed of the apparatus will not exceed either 60 mph or the manufacturer's
maximum fire service speed rating for the tires installed on the apparatus, whichever is lower. It is the intention of the standard to improve safety by limiting the speed of all apparatus to 68 mph,
and tankers or heavy apparatus to
60 mph. By requesting an exception to this requirement, the purchasing authority is consciously choosing to operate their apparatus at speeds above the limits designated as safe speeds by the NFPA Technical Committee on Fire Department Apparatus.

The top speed of the apparatus as manufactured exceeds the NFPA requirements. Per fire department specification of a top speed that exceeds NFPA requirements, the apparatus will be non-compliant to NFPA
1901
standards at time of contract execution.

A rear axle ratio will be furnished to allow the vehicle to reach an approximate top speed of 72 MPH
.
0639331
Suspen, Rear, Oshkosh TAK-4,
Independent, 48,000 lb

REAR SUSPENSION
The rear suspension will be an Oshkosh TAK-
4 ® independent type with a minimum ground rating
of
48,000
lbs.

The independent suspension will be configured with upper and lower control arms with a spring seat for a coil spring mounted to the lower control arm. The spring tower will be integrated into the suspension frame mount. Each control arm has elastomeric bushings at the inner pivot locations with a ball joint bearing at the outer pivot location. All suspension pivot joints will be of a maintenance free design.

The rear independent suspension will be provided with steering toe links providing tow adjustments and maintaining wheel control throughout the range of wheel travel.

The independent suspension will be designed to provide maximum ride quality when traveling at highway speeds over improved roads or a moderate speeds over secondary road surfaces with minimal transfer of shock and vibration to the apparatus.

Each independent suspension will utilize a coil type of spring. The design will allow for removal of the spring without the use of any spring compression.

The rear suspension will provide a minimum wheel travel of

10.00 ",

6.00 " jounce and

4.00 " of
rebound.
0000485
Oil Seals, Rear Axle

REAR OIL SEALS
Oil seals will be provided on the rear axle(s).
0802662
Tires, Rear,Goodyear,Armor Max
MSA,445/65R22.5,20 ply,
(AWS/IRS),Tand.FS Load Rat

REAR TIRES
Rear tires will be four (
4 ) Goodyear radials
445/65
R

22.50 ,
20 ply all-position Armor Max MSA
tread, rated for
52,640
lb maximum axle load and
68 mph maximum speed.
0693622
Wheels, Rear, 22.50" x 13.00", Steel,
Hub Pilot, Tandem, AWS/IRS

The tires will be mounted on 22.50" x 13.00" steel disc type wheels with a ten (10) stud,11.25" bolt circle.
0568081
Tire Balancing, Counteract Beads

TIRE BALANCE
All tires will be balanced with Counteract balancing beads. The beads will be inserted into the tire and eliminate the need for wheel weights.
0620569
Tire Pressure Monitoring,
RealWheels, AirSecure, Valve Cap,
Tandem Axle

TIRE PRESSURE MANAGEMENT
There will be a RealWheels LED AirSecure
™
tire alert pressure management system provided,
that will monitor each tire's pressure. A sensor will be provided on the valve stem of each tire for a total of
six (
6 ) tires
.

The sensor will calibrate to the tire pressure when installed on the valve stem for pressures between
10 and
200
psi. The sensor will activate an integral battery operated LED when the pressure of that tire drops
5 to
8 psi.

Removing the cap from the sensor will indicate the functionality of the sensor and battery. If the sensor and battery are in working condition, the LED will immediately start to flash. 7 884
Bid #:

0003245
Axle Hub Covers w/center hole, S/S,
Front Axle

FRONT HUB COVERS
Stainless steel hub covers will be provided on the front axle. An oil level viewing window will be provided.
0789435
SP
Axle Hub Covers, Rear, S/S Baby
Moon, TAK-4 IRS/T3, (Tandem)

HUB COVERS (rear)
Stainless steel baby moon covers will be provided over the rear axle hubs. 0057936
Covers, Lug Nut, Chrome

CHROME LUG NUT COVERS
Chrome lug nut covers will be supplied on front and rear wheels. 0730278
SP
Extender, Valve Stem, Braided
Stainless Steel, Single Axle, Pair,
Inner

EXTENDER, VALVE STEM
A pair of braided stainless steel valve stem extenders will be installed on the valve stems of the rear inside tires. The extender will allow the tire pressure monitor cap to face the outside. 0002045
Mud Flap, Front and Rear, Pierce
Logo

MUD FLAPS
Mud flaps with a Pierce logo will be installed behind the front and rear wheels. 0790889
Chocks, Wheel, SAC-44-E, Folding,
Aerials/Mobile Foam

WHEEL CHOCKS
There will be
one (
1 ) pair
of folding Ziamatic, Model SAC-
44 -E, aluminum alloy, Quick-Choc
wheel blocks, with easy-grip handle provided.
0607557
SP
Mounting Brackets, Chocks, SAC-44-
E, Folding, Horizontal, Location

WHEEL CHOCK BRACKETS
There will be
one (
1 ) pair
of Zico, Model SQCH-
44 -H, horizontal mounting wheel chock brackets
provided for the Ziamatic, Model SAC-
44 -E, folding wheel chocks. The brackets will be made of aluminum and consist of a quick release spring loaded rod to hold the wheel chocks in place. The brackets will be mounted
Beneath DS Full Height Compartment rearward of Crew Cab Door .
0010673
ABS Wabco Brake System, Tandem
Rear Axle

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
The vehicle will be equipped with a Wabco
4 S
4 M, anti-lock braking system. The ABS will provide
a four (
4 ) channel anti-lock braking control on both the front and rear wheels (rear tandem wheels). A digitally controlled system that utilizes microprocessor technology will control the anti- lock braking system. Each wheel will be monitored by the system. When any particular wheel begins to lockup, a signal will be sent to the control unit. This control unit then will reduce the braking of that wheel for a fraction of a second and then reapply the brake. This anti-lock brake system will eliminate the lockup of any wheel thus helping to prevent the apparatus from skidding out of control.
0030185
Brakes, Knorr/Bendix 17", Disc,
Front, TAK-4
BRAKES
The service brake system will be full air type.

The front brakes will be Knorr/Bendix disc type with a

17.00 " ventilated rotor for improved
stopping distance.

The brake system will be certified, third party inspected, for improved stopping distance. 0581433
Brakes, Bendix, Cam, Rear, 16.50 x

7.00"
The rear brakes will be Bendix®, Model ES1657D, 16.50" x 7.00" cam operated with automatic slack adjusters.
0731553
Air Compressor, Brake,
Cummins/Wabco 25.9 CFM

BRAKE SYSTEM AIR COMPRESSOR
The air compressor will be a Cummins/WABCO with

25.9 cubic feet per minute output.
0637583
Brake Reservoirs, 6,408 Cubic Inch
Minimum Capacity, Saber
FR/Enforcer

BRAKE SYSTEM
The brake system will include:

Brake treadle valve
Heated automatic moisture ejector on air dryer
Total air system capacity of
6,408
cubic inches
Two (
2 ) air pressure gauges with a red warning light and an audible alarm, that activates when air pressure falls below
60 psi
Spring set parking brake system
Parking brake operated by a push-pull style control valve A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel Park brake relay/inversion and anti-compounding valve, in conjunction with a double check valve system, will be provided with an automatic spring brake application at 40 psi
A pressure protection valve to prevent all air operated accessories from drawing air from the air system when the system pressure drops below
80 psi (
550
kPa)
1/4
turn drain valves on each air tank
The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750
hour salt spray test.

To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets. 8 884
Bid #:

0790412
Air Dryer, Wabco System Saver 1200
IWT, Heated, SFR/Enf

BRAKE SYSTEM AIR DRYER
The air dryer will be a WABCO System Saver
1200
IWT, with internal wet tank, spin-on
coalescing filter cartridge and
100
watt heater.
0000790
Brake Lines, Nylon

BRAKE LINES
Color-coded nylon brake lines will be provided. The lines will be wrapped in a heat protective loom in the chassis areas that are subject to excessive heat. 0617799
Inlet/Outlet, Air, w/Disconnect Fitting,
1/4 Turn Valve, Location

AIR INLET/OUTLET
One (
1 ) air inlet/outlet
will be installed with the female coupling located
DS Step Well, Forward
.

This system will tie into the "wet" tank of the brake system and include a check valve in the inlet line and an
85 psi pressure protection valve in the outlet line. The air outlet will be controlled by a 1/4
turn valve.

A mating male fitting will be provided with the loose equipment.

The air inlet will allow a shoreline air hose to be connected to the vehicle. This will allow station air to be supplied to the brake system of the vehicle to insure constant air pressure. 0089618
SP
Outlet, Air, with shut off valve,
Location

AIR OUTLET
One (
1 ) air outlet
will be installed with a female coupling and shut off valve, located RS
1 - Exact
location within compartment will be determined at pre-construction . This system will tie into the
"wet" tank of the brake system and include an
85 psi pressure protection valve in the outlet line to
prevent the brake system from losing all air.

A mating male fitting will be provided with the loose equipment. 0004200
Hose, Air 25' length, w/air chuck

AIR HOSE
There will be
one (
1 )

25 ' length(s) of air hose furnished with fittings.

An air chuck will be provided with the air hose. The air chuck will fit the valve stems that are provided on the tires.
0690889
All Wheel Lockup (Aerial/Tanker
Chassis), Aerial Master Activation

ALL WHEEL LOCK-UP
An additional all wheel lock-up system will be installed which applies air to the front brakes only. The standard spring brake control valve system will be used for the rear.

The all wheel lock-up system will be activated automatically when the aerial master switch is activated.
0000845
Air Tank, Additional for Extra
Capacity

ADDITIONAL AIR TANK
An additional air tank with
1454
cubic inch displacement will be provided to increase the capacity of the main air brake system. This tank will be plumbed into the rear half of the brake system.

The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750
hour spray test. To reduce the
effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets.

The output flow of the engine air compressor will vary with engine rpm. Full compressor output will only be achieved at governed engine speed. Engine speed will be limited by generators, pumps and other PTO driven options.
0891350
Compressor, Air, Kussmaul 091-9B-
4, 120V Brake System

AIR COMPRESSOR, BRAKE SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
A Kussmaul, Model
091-9
B-
4 air compressor will be provided. It will be driven by the 120
volt
shoreline electrical system and will be located
Riser below DS EMS cabinet
.

The compressor will maintain the air pressure in the chassis air brake system while the vehicle is not in use.

A pressure switch will sense when the system pressure drops and automatically start the compressor, which then will run until pressure is restored. 0612549
Fittings, Compression Type, Entire
Apparatus, Tandem Rear Axle

COMPRESSION FITTINGS
Any nylon tube on the apparatus that is pneumatic will be plumbed with compression type fittings where applicable.
9 884
Bid #:

0736410
Engine, Cummins X12, 500 hp, 1700
lb-ft, W/OBD, EPA 2021, Enforcer

ENGINE
The chassis will be powered by an electronically controlled engine as described below:

Make:

Cummins
Model:

X
12 Power:
500
hp at
1900
rpm
Torque:
1700
lb-ft at
1000
rpm
Governed Speed:
2000
rpm
Emissions Level:

EPA
2021
Fuel:

Diesel
Cylinders:

Six (
6 )
Displacement:
729
cubic inches (

11.9 L)
Starter:

Delco
39 MT
™
Fuel Filters:

Spin-on style primary filter with water separator and water-in-fuel sensor. Secondary spin-on style filter.

The engine will include On-board diagnostics (OBD), which provides self diagnostic and reporting. The system will give the owner or repair technician access to state of health information for various vehicle sub systems. The system will monitor vehicle systems, engine and after treatment. The system will illuminate a malfunction indicator light on the dash console if a problem is detected.
0730962
Filters, Remote Mounted, Oil, Fuel,
X12, VEL/AXT, ENF, QTM

REMOTE MOUNTED ENGINE FILTERS
The engine fuel and oil filters will be remote mounted for ease of maintenance. 0001244
High Idle w/Electronic Engine,
Custom

HIGH IDLE
A high idle switch will be provided, inside the cab, on the instrument panel, that will automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch will be installed, at the cab instrument panel, for activation/deactivation.

The high idle will be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is in neutral. A green indicator light will be provided, adjacent to the switch. The light will illuminate when the above conditions are met. The light will be labeled "OK to Engage High Idle." 0687994
Engine Brake, Jacobs Compression
Brake, Cummins Engine

ENGINE BRAKE
A Jacobs® engine brake is to be installed with the controls located on the instrument panel within easy reach of the driver.

The driver will be able to turn the engine brake system on/off and have a high, medium and low
setting
.

The engine brake will activate when the system is on and the throttle is released.

The high setting of the brake application will activate and work simultaneously with the variable geometry turbo (VGT) provided on the engine.

The engine brake will be installed in such a manner that when the engine brake is slowing the vehicle the brake lights are activated.

The ABS system will automatically disengage the auxiliary braking device, when required. 0644227
Clutch, Fan, Air Actuated, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CLUTCH FAN
A fan clutch will be provided. The fan clutch will be automatic when the pump transmission is in "Road" position, and constantly engaged when in "Pump" position. 0749991
SP
Shutoff Valves, Cab & Crew Cab
Heater, Metal Labels

HEATER SHUTOFF
The cab and crew cab heaters will be provided with a shut-off valve installed in the supply line.

This valve will be in an accessible location.

Shut-off valve will be labeled for easy recognition. The labels will be metal. 0640477
Air Intake, Metal Screen, Saber
FR/Enforcer

ENGINE AIR INTAKE
The engine air intake will be located above the engine cooling package. It will draw fresh air from the front of the apparatus through the radiator grille.

A stainless steel metal screen will be installed at the inlet of the air intake system that will meet NFPA
1901
requirements.

The air cleaner and stainless steel screen will be easily accessible by tilting the cab. 10 884
Bid #:

0794401
Exhaust System, 5", X12/X15 Engine,
Horizontal, Left Side

EXHAUST SYSTEM
The exhaust system will include a Single Module
™
aftertreatment device to meet current EPA
standards. The exhaust system will be stainless steel from the turbo to the inlet of the aftertreatment device, and will be

5.00 " in diameter. An insulation wrap will be provided on all exhaust pipes between the turbo and aftertreatment device to minimize the heat loss to the aftertreatment device. The exhaust will terminate horizontally ahead of the left side rear wheels. A tailpipe diffuser will be provided to reduce the temperature of the exhaust as it exits. Heat deflector shields will be provided to isolate chassis and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser.
0788765
Radiator, Saber FR/Enforcer

RADIATOR
The radiator and the complete cooling system will meet or exceed NFPA and engine manufacturer cooling system standards.

For maximum corrosion resistance and cooling performance, the entire radiator core will be constructed using long life aluminum alloy. The radiator core will consist of aluminum fins, having a serpentine design, brazed to aluminum tubes.

The radiator core will have a minimum front area of
1060
square inches.

Supply tank will be made of heavy duty glass-reinforced nylon and the return tank will be mode of aluminum. Both tanks will be crimped onto the core assembly using header tabs and a compression gasket to complete the radiator core assembly. There will be a full steel frame around the inserts to enhance cooling system durability and reliability.

The radiator will be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions.

The radiator assembly will be isolated from the chassis frame rails with rubber isolators to prevent the development of leaks caused by twisting or straining when the apparatus operates over uneven terrain.

The radiator will include a de-aeration/expansion tank. For visual coolant level inspection, the radiator will have a built-in sight glass. The radiator will be equipped with a 15 psi pressure relief
cap.

A drain port will be located at the lowest point of the cooling system and/or the bottom of the radiator to permit complete flushing of the coolant from the system.

Shields or baffles will be provided to prevent recirculation of hot air to the inlet side of the radiator. 0001090
Cooling Hoses, Rubber

COOLANT LINES
Gates, or Goodyear, rubber hose will be used for all engine coolant lines installed by Pierce Manufacturing.

Hose clamps will be stainless steel constant torque type to prevent coolant leakage. They will expand and contract according to coolant system temperature thereby keeping a constant clamping pressure on the hose.
0660971
Fuel Tank, 65 Gallon, Left Side Fill,
Common Door Triangular Shaped

FUEL TANK
A
65 gallon fuel tank will be provided and mounted at the rear of the chassis. The tank will be constructed of
12 -gauge, hot rolled steel. It will be equipped with swash partitions and a vent. To eliminate the effects of corrosion, the fuel tank will be mounted with stainless steel straps.

A .
75 " drain plug will be located in a low point of the tank for drainage.

The engine fuel fill inlet will be located adjacent to the DEF inlet and a single air bottle behind a common door on the driver side of the vehicle. The fuel fill inlet will be marked "Ultra Low Sulfur - Diesel Fuel Only."
A .
50 " diameter vent will be installed from tank top to just below fuel fill inlet.

The fuel tank will meet all FHWA
393.67
requirements including a fill capacity of
95 percent of
tank volume.
0001129
Lines, Fuel
All fuel lines will be provided as recommended by the engine manufacturer. 0618791
DEF Tank, 4.5 Gallon, DS Fill,
Forward of Axle, Common Air Bottle
Door

DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK
A

4.5 gallon diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank will be provided and mounted in the driver's side body forward of the rear axle.

0.50 " drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage.

A fill inlet will be provided and marked "Diesel Exhaust Fluid Only". The fill inlet will be located below the air bottle storage behind a common door on the driver side of the vehicle.

The tank will meet the engine manufacturers requirement for 10 percent expansion space in the
event of tank freezing.

The tank will include an integrated heater unit that utilizes engine coolant to thaw the DEF in the event of freezing.
0723716
Fuel Priming Pump, Electronic,
Automatic, Cummins, No Swt Req'd

FUEL PRIMING PUMP
A Cummins automatic electronic fuel priming pump will be integrated as part of the engine. 0552712
Not Required, Shutoff Valve, Fuel
Line
0553019
Cooler, Engine Fuel, Imp/Vel,
AXT/Qtm/Sab/DCF/SFR/Enf

FUEL COOLER
An air to fuel cooler will be installed in the engine fuel return line. 11 884
Bid #:

0638739
Gauge, DEF, Remote Mounted for
Chassis DEF, Location

DEF GAUGE, ADDITIONAL
An additional DEF gauge will be provided
Behind the common DEF/Bottle Storage Door
for
indication of the chassis DEF level. Since the DEF level signal is broadcast by the engine ECU, the gauge position will be delayed several minutes after the fluid level changes in the tank. The gauge will be rated for both interior and exterior applications. 0578959
Fuel/Water Separator, Racor Inline

FUEL SEPARATOR
The engine will be equipped with a Racor in-line spin-on fuel and water separator in addition to the engine fuel filters.
0887546
Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 4000 EVS P,
w/Prognostics, Imp/Vel/SFR/Enf

TRANSMISSION
An Allison
6 th generation, Model EVS
4000
P, electronic, torque converting, automatic
transmission will be provided.

The transmission will be equipped with prognostics to monitor oil life, filter life, and transmission health. A wrench icon on the shift selector's digital display will indicate when service is due.

Two (
2 ) PTO openings will be located on left side and top of converter housing (positions 8 o'clock and
1 o'clock).

A transmission temperature gauge with an amber light and buzzer will be installed on the cab instrument panel.
0510877
Transmission, Shifter, 6-Spd, Push
Button w/4+2 mode

TRANSMISSION SHIFTER
A six (
6 )-speed push button shift module with the
4 +
2 "Mode" button will be mounted to right of
driver on console. Shift position indicator will be indirectly lit for after dark operation.

The Allison shifter will be a "double-digit" display model.

The transmission ratio will be
1 st -

3.51 to

1.00 ,
2 nd -

1.91 to

1.00 ,
3 rd -

1.43 to

1.00 ,
4 th -

1.00 to

1.00 ,
5 th -

0.75 to

1.00 ,
6 th -

0.64 to

1.00 , R -

4.80 to

1.00 .
0684459
Transmission Oil Cooler, Modine,
External

TRANSMISSION COOLER
A Modine plate and fin transmission oil cooler will be provided using engine coolant to control the transmission oil temperature.
0001375
Driveline, Spicer 1810

DRIVELINE
Drivelines will be a heavy-duty metal tube and be equipped with Spicer® 1810
universal joints.

The shafts will be dynamically balanced before installation.

A splined slip joint will be provided in each driveshaft where the driveline design requires it. The slip joint will be coated with Glidecoat® or equivalent. 0669988
Steering, Sheppard M110 w/Tilt,
TAK-4, Eaton Pump, w/Cooler

STEERING
Dual Sheppard, Model M
110
, steering gears, with integral heavy-duty power steering, will be provided. For reduced system temperatures, the power steering will incorporate an air to oil cooler and an Eaton, Model VN
20 , hydraulic pump with integral pressure and flow control. All power steering lines will have wire braded lines with crimped fittings.

A tilt and telescopic steering column will be provided to improve fit for a broader range of driver configurations.
0605355
Steering Wheel, 4 Spoke with
Controls, Enforcer, Mux

STEERING WHEEL
The steering wheel will be

18.00 " in diameter, have tilting and telescoping capabilities, and a four (
4 )-spoke design.

There will be a switch pod provided on each side of the steering wheel between the spokes. The switch pods will be an integral part of the steering wheel. Each switch pod will contain four ( 4 )
switches. The following switches will be provided:

Air horn
Emergency lighting
Area lighting
Front dome light
Rear dome light
Q
2 B siren activate
Q
2 B siren brake
Wiper mist
Full floating horn pad
0690274
Logo/Emblem, on Dash

LOGO AND CUSTOMER DESIGNATION ON DASH
The dash panel will have an emblem containing the Pierce logo and customer name. The emblem will have three (
3 ) rows of text for the customer's department name. There will be a maximum of eight (
8 ) characters in the first row,
11 characters in the second row and
11 characters in the third row.

The first row of text will be:

VISALIA
The second row of text will be:

FIRE
The third row of text will be:

DEPARTMENT
12 884
Bid #:

0779757
SP
Bumper, 22" Extended, Under Slung,
Polished S/S, Recess Xlays/Trays,
SFR/Enf/AXT
BUMPER
The bumper will be manufactured from
8 gauge formed stainless steel with a

0.375
" bend radius.

The bumper will be

10.00 " high with a

1.50 " top and bottom flange. The bumper will be one piece with a front face of the bumper to be

81.00 " with

9.00 "
45 degree corners with side plates
extending back. The bumper will be metal finished and bright polished finish.

The bumper will be extended

22.00 " from front face of cab.

The bumper extension frame will be fabricated using

0.38 " gussets welded to

2.00 " x

5.00 " steel
tubing running front to back with

0.50 " front and rear plates mounted to the chassis frame.

Fabricated "U" shaped channel supports the weight of the bumper and provides the main strength in frontal crash. There will be

0.25 " steel formed into "C" shaped backing plates for
mounting of the bumper and providing protection to the cab.

The bumper extension's cross section is considered expendable, and a crush zone. The bumper is not intended for pushing other vehicles or objects.

Tow hooks/eyes located under the bumper extension are for straight pull only. 0614646
No Lift & Tow Package, Imp/Vel,
AXT, SFR/Enf
0072272
Tow Eyes, Chrome, Below Deck

TOW EYES
Two (
2 ) chromed steel tow eyes will be installed under the bumper and attached to the front frame members. The inner and outer edges of the tow eyes will have a . 25 " radius.

The tow eyes will be designed and positioned to allow up to a 9,000
lb straight horizontal pull in
line with the centerline of the vehicle. The tow eyes will not be used for lifting of the apparatus. 0644293
Tray, Full Width, 22" Bumper, Under
Slung Design, 10"H Bumper,
AXT/Saber/Dash CF

BUMPER TRAY
A full width bumper tray, constructed of smooth aluminum, will be located in the under slung bumper extension.

The tray will be a bolted modular design

14.00 " front to back x

8.00 " D. The tray will have
capacity for
No special Hose requirement, used for Misc. Storage
.

Black rubber grating
will be provided at the bottom of the tray. Drain holes are also provided.

GRAVEL PAN
A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum treadplate, will be furnished between the bumper and cab face.

The gravel pan will be properly supported from the underside to prevent flexing and vibration of the aluminum treadplate.
0766384
SP
Cover, 6.0" Raised Alum Treadplate,
Full Width Tray,Under Slung Bumper

TRAY COVER
A bright aluminum treadplate cover will be provided over the full width tray. The cover will be raised approximately

6.00 " above the gravel pan.

The cover will be full width.

The cover will be attached with a stainless steel hinge.

The cover will be secured with
butterfly latch on each side
in the closed position and
pneumatic
stay arm on each side
will hold the cover in the open position.
0709257
Lights, PIAA RF6, 26-07106 White
LED, pair, Below Bumper

LED LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) PIAA, Model RF
6 ,
26-07106
,

6.00 " long, white LED lamps provided, one (
1 )
on each side under the front bumper.

The lamp switch will be properly identified and installed on the switch panel with in reach of the driver. The switch will be powered with the low beam headlamps on and will be deactivated when the high beam headlights are activated. An indicator in the switch will indicate when the lights are on.
13 884
Bid #:

0795533
Cab, Enforcer, 8400

CAB
The Enforcer cab will be designed specifically for the fire service and manufactured by the chassis builder.

The cab will be built by the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's premises.

For reasons of structural integrity and enhanced occupant protection, the cab will be a heavy duty design, constructed to the following minimal standards.

The cab will have
12 main vertical structural members located in the A-pillar (front cab corner posts), B-pillar (side center posts), C-pillar (rear corner posts), and rear wall areas. The A-pillar will be constructed of solid A
356
-T
5 aluminum castings. The B-pillar and C-pillar will be
constructed from

0.13 " wall extrusions. The rear wall will be constructed of two ( 2 )

2.00 " x

2.00 "
outer aluminum extrusions and two (
2 )

2.00 " x

1.00 " inner aluminum extrusions. All main vertical
structural members will run from the floor to

4.625
" x

3.864
" x

0.090
" thick roof extrusions to
provide a cage-like structure with the A-pillar and roof extrusions being welded into a

0.25 " thick
corner casting at each of the front corners of the roof assembly.

The front of the cab will be constructed of a

0.13 " firewall plate, covered with a

0.090
" front skin
(for a total thickness of

0.22 "), and reinforced with a full width x

0.50 " thick cross-cab support
located just below the windshield and fully welded to the engine tunnel. The cross-cab support will run the full width of the cab and weld to each A-pillar, the

0.13 " firewall plate, and the front
skin.

The cab floors will be constructed of

0.125
" thick aluminum plate and reinforced at the firewall
with an additional

0.25 " thick cross-floor support providing a total thickness of

0.375
" of structural
material at the front floor area. The front floor area will also be supported with two ( 2 ) triangular

0.30 " wall extrusions that also provides the mounting point for the cab lift. This tubing will run from the floor wireway of the cab to the engine tunnel side plates, creating the structure to support the forces created when lifting the cab.

The cab will be

96.00 " wide (outside door skin to outside door skin) to maintain maximum maneuverability.

The forward cab section will have an overall height (from the cab roof to the ground) of approximately

99.00 ". The overall height listed will be calculated based on a truck configuration with the lowest suspension weight rating, the smallest diameter tires for the suspension, no water weight, no loose equipment weight, and no personnel weight. Larger tires, wheels, and suspension will increase the overall height listed.

The floor to ceiling height inside the crew cab will be

54.50 " in the center and outboard positions.

The crew cab floor will measure

60.00 " from the rear wall to the back side of the rear facing seat risers.

The medium block engine tunnel, at the rearward highest point (knee level), will measure

76.00 "
to the rear wall. The big block engine tunnel will measure

66.00 " to the rear wall.

The crew cab will be a totally enclosed design with the interior area completely open to improve visibility and verbal communication between the occupants.

The cab will be a full tilt cab style.

A
3 -point cab mount system with rubber isolators will improve ride quality by isolating chassis vibrations from the cab.

CAB ROOF DRIP RAIL
For enhanced protection from inclement weather, a drip rail will be furnished on the sides of the cab. The drip rail will be painted to match the cab roof, and bonded to the sides of the cab. The drip rail will extend the full length of the cab roof.

INTERIOR CAB INSULATION
The cab will include

1.00 " insulation in the ceiling,

1.50 " insulation in the side walls, and

2.00 "
insulation in the rear wall to maximize acoustic absorption and thermal insulation.

FENDER LINERS
Full circular inner fender liners in the wheel wells will be provided.

PANORAMIC WINDSHIELD
A one (
1 )-piece safety glass windshield will be provided with over 2,775
square inches of clear
viewing area. The windshield will be full width and will provide the occupants with a panoramic view. The windshield will consist of three (
3 ) layers: outer light, middle safety laminate, and inner light. The outer light layer will provide superior chip resistance. The middle safety laminate layer will prevent the windshield glass pieces from detaching in the event of breakage. The inner light will provide yet another chip resistant layer. The cab windshield will be bonded to the aluminum windshield frame using a urethane adhesive. A custom frit pattern will be applied on the outside perimeter of the windshield for a finished automotive appearance.

WINDSHIELD WIPERS
Three (
3 ) electric windshield wipers with washer will be provided that meet FMVSS and SAE requirements.

The washer reservoir will be able to be filled without raising the cab. 0747442
Engine Tunnel, X12, MX13, Enforcer

ENGINE TUNNEL
Engine hood side walls will be constructed of

0.375
" aluminum. The top will be constructed of

0.125
" aluminum and will be tapered at the top to allow for more driver and passenger elbow room.

The engine hood will be insulated for protection from heat and sound. The noise insulation keeps the dBA level within the limits stated in the current NFPA 1901
standards.

The engine tunnel will be no higher than

17.00 " off the crew cab floor.
0610508
Rear Wall, Interior, Adjustable
Seating, Not Available

0632103
Rear Wall, Exterior, Cab, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB REAR WALL EXTERIOR COVERING
The exterior surface of the rear wall of the cab will be overlaid with bright aluminum treadplate
except for areas that are not typically visible when the cab is lowered .
14 884
Bid #:

0622582
Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, Manual Override,
Control Loc Feature, Sab FR/Enf

CAB LIFT
A hydraulic cab lift system will be provided consisting of an electric powered hydraulic pump, dual lift cylinders, and necessary hoses and valves.

Hydraulic pump will have a manual override for backup in the event of electrical failure.

Lift controls will be located
TBD at pre-construction
.

The cab will be capable of tilting
43 degrees to accommodate engine maintenance and removal.

The cab will be locked down by a
2 -point normally closed spring loaded hook type latch that fully engages after the cab has been lowered. The system will be hydraulically actuated to release the normally closed locks when the cab lift control is in the raised position and cab lift system is under pressure. When the cab is completely lowered and system pressure has been relieved, the spring loaded latch mechanisms will return to the normally closed and locked position.

The hydraulic cylinders will be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from accidentally descending when the control is located in the tilt position.

For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm will be provided that must be manually put in place on the left side between the chassis and cab frame when the cab is in the raised position. This device will be manually stowed to its original position before the cab can be lowered.

Cab Lift Interlock
The cab lift system will be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism will be active only when the parking brake is set and the ignition switch is in the on position. If the parking brake is released, the cab tilt mechanism will be disabled. 0695930
Grille, Bright Finished, Front of Cab,
Enforcer
GRILLE
A bright finished aluminum mesh grille screen, inserted behind a bright finished grille surround, will be provided on the front center of the cab.
0002224
Scuffplates, S/S At Cab Door Jambs,
4-Door Cab

DOOR JAMB SCUFFPLATES
All cab door jambs will be furnished with a
polished stainless steel
scuffplate, mounted on the
striker side of the jamb.
0776102
SP
Scuffplates, Officers Cab Step Compt

STEP WELL COMPARTMENT SCUFFPLATE
The officer cab step well compartment will have
polished stainless steel
scuffplate around the
opening of the compartment.
0647932
Not Required, Trim, S/S Band,
Across Cab Face, AXT/Dash
CF/Saber/Enforcer
0087357
Molding, Chrome on Side of Cab

SIDE OF CAB MOLDING
Chrome molding will be provided on both sides of cab.
0521669
Mirrors, Retrac, West Coast Style,
Htd/Rmt, w/Htd/Rmt Convex

MIRRORS
A Retrac, Model
613423
, dual vision, motorized, west coast style mirror, with chrome finish, will be mounted on each side of the front cab door with spring loaded retractable arms. The flat glass and convex glass will be heated and adjustable with remote control within reach of the driver. 0648173
Door, Full Height, Saber FR/Enforcer
4-Door Cab, Level Roof
DOORS
To enhance entry and egress to the cab, the forward cab doors will be a minimum of

37.50 " wide
x

75.50 " high. The crew cab doors will be located on the sides of the cab and will be constructed in the same manner as the forward cab doors. The crew cab door openings will be a minimum of

34.30 " wide x

75.50 " high.

The forward cab and crew cab doors will be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal material thickness of

0.093
". The exterior door skins will be constructed from

0.090
" aluminum.

A customized, vertical, pull-down type door handle will be provided on the exterior of each cab door. The finish of the door handle will be
chrome/black
. The exterior handle will be designed
specifically for the fire service to prevent accidental activation, and will provide

4.00 " wide x

2.00 "
deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands.

Each door will also be provided with an interior flush, open style paddle handle that will be readily operable from fore and aft positions, and be designed to prevent accidental activation. The interior handles will provide

4.00 " wide x

1.25 " deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy
gloved hands.

The cab doors will be provided with both interior (rotary knob) and exterior (keyed) locks exceeding FMVSS standards. The keys will be Model
751
. The locks will be capable of activating
when the doors are open or closed. The doors will remain locked if locks are activated when the doors are opened, then closed.

A full length, heavy duty, stainless steel, piano-type hinge with a

0.38 " pin and
11 gauge leaf will
be provided on all cab doors. There will be double automotive-type rubber seals around the perimeter of the door framing and door edges to ensure a weather-tight fit.

A chrome grab handle will be provided on the inside of each cab door for ease of entry.

A red webbed grab handle will be installed on the crew cab door stop strap. The grab handles will be securely mounted.

The cab steps at each cab door location will be located inside the cab doors to protect the steps from weather elements.
15 884
Bid #:

0655543
Door Panel, Brushed Stainless Steel,
Saber/Enforcer 4-Door Cab

Door Panels
The inner cab door panels will be constructed out of brushed stainless steel. 0630636
Controls, Electric Roll-Up Windows,
4dr, 4 Driver Controls, Saber
FR/Enforcer

ELECTRIC OPERATED CAB DOOR WINDOWS
All four (
4 ) cab doors will be equipped with electric operated windows with one ( 1 ) flush mounted
automotive style switch on each door. The driver's door will have four ( 4 ) switches, one (
1 ) to
control each door window.

Each switch will allow intermittent or auto down operation for ease of use. Auto down operation will be actuated by holding the window down switch for approximately 1 second.
0528251
Electric Door Locks, Cab Doors,
QXS, AXT, Sab, Enf, Dash CF

ELECTRIC CAB DOOR LOCKS
The front driver and officer doors will have a door lock master switch that will control all front and rear crew cab door locks. Each rear crew cab door will have its own lock control.

There will be one (
1 ) concealed switch located in an easily accessible chassis specific location that will unlock all the doors.
0633615
Steps, 4-Door Cab, Reduced Bottom
Step, Saber FR/Enforcer

CAB STEPS
The forward cab and crew cab access steps will be a full size two ( 2 ) step design to provide
largest possible stepping surfaces for safe ingress and egress. The bottom steps will be designed with a grip pattern punched into bright aluminum treadplate material to provide support, slip resistance, and drainage. The bottom steps will be a bolt-in design to minimize repair costs should they need to be replaced. The forward cab steps will be a minimum

25.00 " wide, and the
crew cab steps will be

21.65 " wide with an

8.00 " minimum depth. The inside cab steps will not
exceed

16.50 " in height.

The vertical surfaces of the step well will be
aluminum treadplate
.
0770194
Handrail, Exterior, Knurled, Alum, 4-
Door Cab

CAB EXTERIOR HANDRAILS
A

1.25 " diameter slip-resistant, knurled aluminum handrail will be provided adjacent to each cab and crew cab door opening to assist during cab ingress and egress. 0560452
Steps, Stirrup, Formed, Cab & Crew
Cab Doors, AXT/SFR/Enf

STIRRUP STEPS
A stirrup step will be provided below each cab and crew cab door. The steps will be designed with a grip pattern punched into bright aluminum treadplate material providing support, slip resistance, and drainage. The steps will be a bolt-on design and provide a

5.00 " deep stepping surface. Each
step will provide a step height of

8.25 " from the top of the stirrup step to the first step of the cab.

The stirrup step will be lit by
an Amdor, Model AY-
9500-012
,

12 volt DC LED light provided on the
step.

The step light will be activated automatically when the battery switch is on and the exit doors are opened or by the same means as the body step lights.
0892638
Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps,
P25, LED w/Bezel, 6lts

STEP LIGHTS
There will be six (
6 ) white LED step lights with
chrome housing
installed for cab and crew cab
access steps.

One (
1 ) light for the left access steps.

Two (
2 ) lights for the left side crew cab access steps.

Two (
2 ) lights for the right side crew cab access steps.

One (
1 ) light for the right side access step.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles
(fc) covering an entire
15 " x
15 " square placed ten (
10 ) inches below the light and a minimum of

1.5 fc covering an entire
30 " x
30 " square at the same ten (
10 ) inch distance below the light.

The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the adjacent door is opened. 0583698
Fenders, S/S on cab, Extra Wide,
Saber/Enf

FENDER CROWNS
Stainless steel fender crowns will be installed at the cab wheel openings. 0586968
Handrail, Interior, Crew Cab Doors,
Angled

INTERIOR CREW CAB DOOR HANDRAIL
A handrail will be provided on each interior crew cab door pan. The handrails will be mounted at a 45 degree angle. These are in addition to the standard crew cab door handle. 0567841
Handrail, Extra - 10" Long

ADDITIONAL HANDRAIL
There will be
two (
2 )

10.00 " long x

1.25 " diameter handrail(s) provided
One (
1 ) each side of cab
front, outboard . Mounted vertically, see exact location on AD drawing . Each handrail will be an
anodized aluminum extrusion with a ribbed design to provide a positive gripping surface. 0621815
No Windows, Side of Crew Cab, 84"
Enforcer
0786279
Window Tint, Crew Cab Door, Right
Side, Privacy Dark Gray

RIGHT SIDE ROLLUP CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The rollup window in the right side crew cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray. 16 884
Bid #:

0786290
Window Tint, Crew Cab Door, Left
Side, Privacy Dark Gray

LEFT SIDE ROLLUP CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The rollup window in the left side crew cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray. 0896614
SP
Compt, Transverse Crew Cab, FH,
22" D, Int Web, Dbl Pan, 84" RR Enf

STORAGE COMPARTMENT
Provided at the forward facing driver and passenger side crew cab positions, behind the crew cab door, will be two (
2 ) full height compartments with external access. The compartment will be divided into upper and lower sections by a removable divider located at the cab floor.

The compartments will be divided into upper, transverse and lower sections. The lower section will be

24.50 " wide x

24.50 " high x

15.00 " deep. The upper section will be

30.25 " wide x

60.00 "
high x

22.00 " deep. The lower portion of the upper section will be

9.00 " high x full width
(transverse) of the crew cab.

Interior access will be provided for the upper section with web netting. The netting is to be made with

1.00 " wide nylon material with

2.00 " openings. The nylon webbing will be permanently
fastened at the
top
side of the compartment and have

1.00 " cam buckle
fasteners on the opposite
side to secure it. The interior clear door opening will be

18.25 " wide x

47.00 " high.

There will be exterior access provided with
two (
2 ) reverse hinged double pan doors painted to
match the cab exterior with a locking D-Ring latch with #751
key, one (
1 ) on each side of the cab
.

A
pneumatic stay arm for each exterior door
will be provided as a door stop.

There will be
one (
1 ) drop down door, painted to match the cab interior with two ( 2 ) locking flush
lift and turn latches with
#751
keys
with
no louvers
on the forward face of the seat riser.

The crew cab door grab handles will be located inside the crew cab on the compartment wall.

The compartment interior will be
painted to match the cab interior
.

Compartment Light
In the upper section, there will be
one (
1 ) white LED strip light installed on the right side of the interior cabinet door opening
. The lighting will be controlled a rocker switch on the front of the cabinet.

There will be
two (
2 ) white LED strip lights, one (
1 ) each striker side of exterior compartment door
opening
. The lights will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 0615126
Shelf, Adjustable, Cab Exterior
Compartment, 1.00" Lip

SHELVING
There will be
four (
4 )
shelf(s) provided in the cab exterior compartment. Each shelf will be constructed of

0.090
" aluminum with a

1.00 " up-turned lip. Shelving will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener sliding in a track.

The shelf(ves) will be
painted spatter gray
.

The location will be
Two (
2 ) in the LS forward facing crew cab compartment in the top section of the compartment above the transverse . Two (
2 ) in the RS forward facing crew cab compartment
in the top section of the compartment above the transverse . .
0022260
Roof, Aluminum Treadplate

CAB ROOF COVERING
Horizontal cab roof surfaces will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate. The fastening screws and the perimeter between the roof and the bottom of the aluminum treadplate, no more than

1.00 " in from the edge of the aluminum treadplate, will be properly caulked to prevent water from leaking under aluminum. Front and side warning lights will not be mounted on top of treadplate. The treadplate will extend and terminate next to the warning lights. 0767947
SP
Compt, Officers Step, Saber
FR/Enforcer

STORAGE COMPARTMENT
Provided on the officer's side of the cab, in the step area, will be a storage compartment. The compartment will be

11.50 " wide x

9.50 " high x

11.50 " deep. The compartment will have a drop
down hinged treadplate door with a D-ring handle. The compartment will be painted to match the cab interior.
0644019
Holder, Cup, 4" Diameter x 4" High x
1" Slit on Side, Matting, Alum, Each

CUP HOLDER
There will be
four (
4 )
cup holder(s) provided. Each cup holder will be

4.00 " in diameter x

4.00 "
high. An approximate

1.00 " wide recess in the cup holder will allow it to hold beverage containers with handles.

Black rubber matting will be provided on the bottom of each cup holder.

The cup holder(s) will be painted to match the cab interior and located To be mounted at Final
.
0894089
Dash, Heavy Duty Metal, Enforcer

CAB DASH
The driver side dash, switch panel located to the right of the driver, and center console will be constructed of aluminum and
painted fire smoke gray
.

The officer side dash will be a flat top design with an upper beveled edge to provide easy maintenance and will be constructed out of aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

The instrument gauge cluster will be surrounded with a high impact ABS plastic contoured to the same shape of the instrument gauge cluster.
0634206
Mounting Provisions, 1/4" Alum, Full
Engine Tunnel, Saber FR/Enforcer

MOUNTING PLATE ON ENGINE TUNNEL
Equipment installation provisions will be installed on the engine tunnel.

A .
25 " smooth aluminum plate will be bolted to the top surface of the engine tunnel. The plate will follow the contour of the engine tunnel and will run the entire length of the engine tunnel. The plate will be spaced off the engine tunnel

1.00 "
to allow for wire routing below the plate.

The mounting surface will be
painted to match the cab interior
.
17 884
Bid #:

0657958
Bracket, Air Bottle, Zico, ULLH-EZO,
Load & Lock

AIR BOTTLE HOLDER(S)
There will be
three (
3 )
Ziamatic, Model ULLH-EZO, SCBA holder(s) with a LLS, collision restraint holding strap, provided in the crew cab. The bracket(s) will be located Rear forward facing crew
cab seats and officers seat
.
0763603
SP
Computer Mount, Gamber Johnson
Mongoose, Toughbook 30

UNIVERSAL COMPUTER MOUNT
There will be
one (
1 )
universal computer mount(s) with a Mongoose
™
9 " locking slide arm and
Toughbook
30 mounting interface plate located
Please match Job #
33716
. One (
1 ) in the
recessed area of the dash forward of the officer seat.
.

A
12 volt DC,
15 amp power point will be provided near the mount.

The following Gamber Johnson components will be provided:

One (
1 )
7160-0220
Mongoose
™
9 " locking slide arm
One (
1 )
7160-0043
Toughbook
30 mounting interface plate
0750824
Cab Interior, Vinyl Headliner, Saber
FR/Enforcer, CARE

CAB INTERIOR
The cab interior will be constructed of primarily metal (painted aluminum) to withstand the severe duty cycles of the fire service.

The engine tunnel will be
painted aluminum to match the cab interior
.

For durability and ease of maintenance, the cab interior side walls will be painted aluminum. The rear wall will be
painted aluminum
.

The headliner will be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. Headliner material will be vinyl. A sound barrier will be part of its composition. Material will be installed on an aluminum sheet and securely fastened to interior cab ceiling.

The forward portion of the cab headliner will permit easy access for service of electrical wiring or other maintenance needs.

All wiring will be placed in metal raceways.

CAB INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY
The cab interior upholstery will be
36 oz dark silver gray vinyl
.
0753903
Cab Interior, Paint Color, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB INTERIOR PAINT
The cab interior metal surfaces, excluding the rear heater panels, will be painted fire smoke gray,
vinyl texture paint
.

The rear heater panels will be painted black, vinyl textured paint. 0052100
Floor, Rubber Padded, Cab & Crew
Cab, Saber/Enforcer

CAB FLOOR
The cab and crew cab floor areas will be covered with Polydamp ™
acoustical floor mat consisting
of a black pyramid rubber facing and closed cell foam decoupler.

The top surface of the material has a series of raised pyramid shapes evenly spaced, which offer a superior grip surface. Additionally, the material has a

0.25 " thick closed cell foam (no water
absorption) which offers a sound dampening material for reducing sound levels. 18 884
Bid #:

0722696
HVAC, Enforcer, CARE

DEFROST/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
A ceiling mounted combination heater, defroster and air conditioning system will be installed in the cab above the engine tunnel area.

Cab Defroster
A
54,000
BTU heater-defroster unit with
690
SCFM of air flow will be provided inside the cab. The
heater-defrost will be installed in the forward portion of the cab ceiling. Air outlets will be strategically located in the cab header extrusion per the following:

One (
1 ) adjustable will be directed towards the left side cab window One (
1 ) adjustable will be directed towards the right side cab window Six (
6 ) fixed outlets will be directed at the windshield
The defroster will be capable of clearing
98 percent of the windshield and side glass when tested under conditions where the cab has been cold soaked at
0 degrees Fahrenheit for
10 hours, and
a
2 ounce per square inch layer of frost/ice has been able to build up on the exterior windshield.

The defroster system will meet or exceed SAE J
382
requirements.

Cab/Crew Auxiliary Heater
There will be
no auxiliary heater provided in the rear facing seat risers .

Air Conditioning
A condenser will be a
59,644
BTU output that meets and exceeds the performance specification will be mounted on the radiator.

The air conditioning system will be capable of cooling the average cab temperature from 100

degrees Fahrenheit to
75 degrees Fahrenheit at
50 percent relative humidity within
30 minutes.

The cooling performance test will be run only after the cab has been heat soaked at 100
degrees
Fahrenheit for a minimum of
4 hours.

The evaporator unit will be installed in the rear portion of the cab ceiling over the engine tunnel.

The evaporator will include one (
1 ) high performance heating core, one (
1 ) high performance
cooling core with (
1 ) plenum directed to the front and one (
1 ) plenum directed to the rear of the
cab. The rear plenum will be covered with
a metal cover painted to match the cab interior
.

The evaporator unit will have a
52,000
BTU at
690
SCFM rating that meets and exceeds the
performance specifications.

Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the forward plenum cover per the following:

Four (
4 ) will be directed towards the seating position on the left side of the cab Four (
4 ) will be directed towards the seating position on the right side of the cab Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the rear plenum cover per the following:

Minimum of five (
5 ) will be directed towards crew cab area
A high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter will be included for the system. Access to the filter cover will be
hinged with two (
2 ) thumb latches
.

The air conditioner refrigerant will be R-
134
A and will be installed by a certified technician.

Climate Control
An automotive style controller will be provided to control the heat and air conditioning system within the cab. The controller will have three (
3 ) functional knobs for fan speed, temperature, and
air flow distribution (front to rear) control.

The system will control the temperature of the cab and crew cab automatically by pushing the center of the fan speed control knob. Rotate the center temperature control knob to set the cab and crew cab temperature.

The AC system will be manually activated by pushing the center of the temperature control knob.

Pushing the center of the air flow distribution knob will engage the AC for max defrost, setting the fan speeds to
100
percent and directing all air flow to the overhead forward position.

The system controller will be located
within panel position
#12
.

Gravity Drain Tubes
Two (
2 ) condensate drain tubes will be provided for the air conditioning evaporator. The drip pan will have two (
2 ) drain tubes plumbed separately to allow for the condensate to exit the drip pan.

No pumps will be provided.
0639675
Sun Visor, Smoked Lexan, AXT,
Imp/Vel, Saber FR/Enforcer

SUN VISORS
Two (
2 ) smoked Lexan
™
sun visors will be provided. The sun visors will be located above the windshield with one (
1 ) mounted on each side of the cab.

There will be
a black plastic thumb latch
provided to help secure each sun visor in the stowed
position.
0634328
Grab Handles, Driver and Officer
Door Posts, Saber FR/Enforcer

GRAB HANDLES
A black rubber covered grab handle will be mounted on the door post of the driver and officer's side cab door to assist in entering the cab. The grab handles will be securely mounted to the post area between the door and windshield.
0583938
Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto
Sw, Wln 3SC0CDCR, 3" LED, Trim

ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHTS
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen, Model
3 SC
0 CDCR,
12 volt DC,

3.00 " white LED light(s) with
Whelen, Model
3 FLANGEC, chrome flange kit(s) installed under the cab to be used as engine compartment illumination.

These light(s) will be activated automatically when the cab is raised. 0631830
Fluid Check Access, Saber
FR/Enforcer, Arrow XT

ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS
For access to the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, there will be a door on the engine tunnel, inside the crew cab. The door will be on the rear wall of the engine tunnel, on the vertical surface.

The engine oil dipstick will allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick will allow for both checking and filling.

The door will have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One ( 1 )
flush lift and turn
latch
will be provided on the access door.
19 884
Bid #:

0002505
Map box, 3 bin, Open from Top,
Custom Chassis

MAP BOX
There will be
one (
1 )
map box(es) with three (
3 ) bins, open at top, installed
Install at Final
Inspection
. The map box will be divided into three (
3 ) bins, each being

12.00 " wide x

4.00 " deep x

8.00 " high. The map box will be constructed of .
125
" aluminum and will be painted to match the
cab interior.
0806630
SP
Map Box, 5 Bin, 2 Cup Holders, Tray,
(4) Gloves, Enf Big Block

MAP BOX
A map box will be installed at the front of the engine tunnel. The front of the map box will extend over the front recessed area of the engine tunnel.

The overall dimensions of the map box will be

22.50 " wide x

25.00 " deep. Five (
5 ) open top bins
will be located in the center of the map box. Each bin will be

12.50 " wide x

10.00 " high x

3.75 "
deep.

Along the left and right side of the map box will be a cup holder and two ( 2 ) glove box holders.

The cup holders will be located in the front of the map box and will be

5.00 " wide x

3.50 " high x

3.75 " in diameter with a slot on the outside for a handle on the cup.

Behind each cup holder will be two (
2 )

5.00 " wide x

3.50 " high x

10.00 " deep glove box holders.

Each glove box will drop in from the top. A slot will be provided in the center of each glove box holder to access the latex gloves. A Velcro® web strap will be provided on the top to restrain the glove boxes.

12.50 " wide tray will be provided along the front of the map box between the cup holders.

The front of the map box that extends over the recessed area of the engine tunnel will be enclosed. There will be two (
2 ) holes centered below the front center storage tray to accommodate two (
2 ) USB charger outlets.

The map box will be constructed of

0.125
" aluminum and will be painted to match the cab interior. 0583041
Side Roll Protection

SIDE ROLL PROTECTION
The cab will be provided with a side roll protection system and will include the following:

A supplemental restraint system (SRS) sensor will be installed on a structural cab member behind the instrument panel. The SRS sensor will perform real time diagnostics of all critical subsystems and will record sensory inputs immediately before and during a side roll event.

A slave SRS sensor will be installed in the cab to provide capacity for eight ( 8 ) crew cab seating
positions.

A fault-indicating light will be provided on the vehicle's instrument panel allowing the driver to monitor the operational status of the SRS system.

Air curtains will be provided in the outboard bolster of outboard seat backs to provide a cushion between occupant and the cab wall.

Suspension seats will be provided with devices to retract them to the lowest travel position during a side roll event.

Seat belts will be provided with pre-tensioners to remove slack from the seat belt during a side roll event.

The SRS system will provide protection during a fast or slow 90 -degree roll to the side, in which
the vehicle comes to rest on its side. The system will analyze the vehicle's angle and rate of roll to determine the optimal activation of the advanced occupant restraints.

The SRS system will deploy the following components in the event of a side roll:

Air curtains mounted in the outboard bolster of outboard seat backs.

Suspension seats will be retracted to the lowest travel position.

Seat belts will be pre-tensioned to firmly hold the occupant in place. 0622619
Seating Capacity, 4 Seats

SEATING CAPACITY
The seating capacity in the cab will be four (
4 ).
0766159
Seat, Driver, USSC, Valor, P1A, Air
Ride, I-Back, Safety, Saber
FR/Enforcer

DRIVER SEAT
A USSC Valor air suspension I-back seat will be provided in the cab for the driver. For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (

6.00 " travel).

To provide flexibility for multiple driver configurations, the seat will have a reclining back, adjustable from
15 degrees back to
15 degrees forward.

The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system:

Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position.

A suspension seat safety system will be included. When activated in the event of a side roll, this system will pretension the seat belt and retract the seat to its lowest travel position.

Shipped loose with the seat will be
no additional contaminant mitigation vinyl covers
.

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt.
20 884
Bid #:

0795050
Seat, Officer, USSC, Valor, P1A, Air
Ride, SCBA, Safety, Saber
FR/Enforcer

OFFICER SEAT

A USSC, P
1 A, SCBA air suspension seat will be provided in the cab for the officer. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with

17.00 " deep cushion. For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the height (

3.00 " travel) and horizontal position (

4.25 "
travel).

The seat back will be an SCBA back style with
5 degree fixed recline angle. The SCBA cavity will
be adjustable from front to rear in

0.75 " increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA
cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired location.

The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system:

Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position.

A suspension seat safety system will be included. When activated, this system will pretension the seat belt and then retract the seat to its lowest travel position.

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt.

Shipped loose with the seat will be
no additional contaminant mitigation vinyl covers
.
0002517
Not Required, Radio Compartment
0896904
SP
Cabinet, Rear Facing, LS, 23.5 W x
30 H x 26.75 D, Roll, Ext Acc,
SFR/Enf

REAR FACING LEFT SIDE CABINET
A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the left side outboard position.

The cabinet will be

23.50 " wide x

30.00 " high x

26.75 " deep with
one (
1 ) Gortite rollup door with
satin anodized finish, non-locking
. The frame to frame opening will be

18.50 " wide x

24.75 " high.

The minimum clear door opening of the cabinet will be

15.25 " wide x

18.87 " high.

The cabinet will also provide access from outside the cab with one (
1 ) double pan door painted to
match the cab exterior with a locking D-ring latch with #751
key
. A
pneumatic stay arm
will be
provided as a door stop. The door will be located on the side of the cab over the wheelwell. The clear door opening will be

17.00 " wide x

26.00 " high.

The cabinet will include
one (
1 ) infinitely adjustable shelf with a

1.25 " up-turned lip
painted to
match the cab interior
.

The cabinet will include
no louvers
.

The exterior access will be provided with
a polished stainless steel scuffplate
on the lower door
frame.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be
one (
1 ) white Amdor LED strip light installed on the right side of the interior cabinet door opening
. The lights will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 0102783
Not Required, Seat, Rr Facing C/C,
Center
0896906
SP
Cabinet, Rear Facing, RS, 23.5 W x
30 H x 26.75 D, Roll, Ext Acc,
SFR/Enf

REAR FACING RIGHT SIDE CABINET
A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the right side outboard position.

The cabinet will be

23.50 " wide x

30.00 " high x

26.75 " deep with
one (
1 ) Gortite rollup door with
satin anodized finish, non-locking
. The frame to frame opening will be

18.50 " wide x

24.5 " high.

The minimum clear door opening of the cabinet will be

15.25 " wide x

18.87 " high.

The cabinet will include
one (
1 ) infinitely adjustable shelf with a

1.25 " up-turned lip
painted to
match the cab interior
.

The cabinet will include
no louvers
.

17.00 " wide x

26.00 " high.The
exterior access will be provided with
a polished stainless steel scuffplate
on the lower door frame.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum, and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be
one (
1 ) white Amdor LED strip light installed on the left side of the interior cabinet door opening
. The lights will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 0108189
Not Required, Seat, Forward Facing
C/C, DS Outboard
0734358
SP
Seat, Fwd Facing C/C, Ctr, (2) USSC,
Valor,SCBA,95 D,Safety,8.25"
Sp,SFR/Enf PUC

FORWARD FACING CENTER SEATS
There will be two (
2 ) forward facing, USSC Valor seats provided at the center position in the crew cab. The seats will be spaced an additional

8.25 " apart to provide more room for each occupant.

For optimal comfort, the seats will be provided with a

15.00 " deep foam cushion.

The seat backs will be an SCBA style with
95 degree back. The SCBA cavity will be adjustable
from front to rear in

0.75 " increments to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired location.

The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system:

A seat safety system will be included. When activated, this system will pretension the seat belt.

The seats will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt.
0108190
Not Required, Seat, Forward Facing
C/C, PS Outboard
21 884
Bid #:

0752005
Lip, Top of Interior Cabinet, All Sides

LIP ON CABINET
There will be a

2.00 "
lip provided around the top perimeter of the cabinet. There will NOT be anything stored on the top portion without restraints
There will be
two (
2 )
cabinets(s) provided with the lip
Match Job #
33716
. Both rear facing EMS
cabinets in the crew cab
.
0732620
SP
Cabinet, Rear Facing, Top Eng Tnl,
43 W x 18 H x 16 D, Web, Notch,
SFR/Enf

REAR FACING CENTER CABINET
A rear facing cabinet will be provided on the top rear of the engine tunnel.

The cabinet will be

43.00 " wide x

18.00 " high x

16.00 " deep. The back of the cabinet will taper to
match the angle of the tunnel so that the front of the cabinet is flush with the rear of the engine tunnel. The back corners of the cabinet will be notched around the gravity drains.

The interior door will be web netting. The netting will be made with

1.00 " wide nylon material with

2.00 " openings. The nylon webbing will be permanently fastened at the bottom
side of the cabinet
and have
spring clip and hook
fasteners on the opposite side to secure it. The clear door opening of the cabinet will be

40.50 " wide x

15.00 " high.

The cabinet will include
one (
1 ) infinitely adjustable shelf with a

1.25 " up-turned lip
painted to
match the cab interior
.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum, and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be
one (
1 ) white LED strip light installed on the right side of the interior cabinet door opening and one (
1 ) white LED strip light installed on the left side of the interior cabinet door opening
. The light will be controlled by a rocker switch on the front of the cabinet. 0625186
Upholstery, Seats In Cab, All
VALORTechXD (Cordura), USSC

SEAT UPHOLSTERY
All seat upholstery will be
gray, sewn with black stitching,
VALORTechXD anti-microbial material.
0543991
Bracket, Air Bottle, Hands-Free II,
Cab Seats

AIR BOTTLE HOLDERS
All SCBA type seats in the cab will have a "Hands-Free" auto clamp style bracket in its backrest.

For efficiency and convenience, the bracket will include an automatic spring clamp that allows the occupant to store the SCBA bottle by simply pushing it into the seat back. For protection of all occupants in the cab, in the event of an accident, the inertial components within the clamp will constrain the SCBA bottle in the seat and will exceed the NFPA standard of 9 G.

There will be a quantity of
three (
3 )
SCBA brackets.
0603866
Seat Belt, Dual Retractor,
ReadyReach, Saber FR/Enforcer

SEAT BELTS
All cab and tiller cab (if applicable) seating positions will have red
seat belts. To provide quick,
easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the female buckle and seat belt webbing length will meet or exceed the current edition of NFPA
1901
and CAN/ULC - S
515
standards.

The
3 -point shoulder type seat belts will include height adjustment. This adjustment will optimize the belts effectiveness and comfort for the seated firefighter. The 3 -point shoulder type seat belts
will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position.

The
3 -point shoulder type belts will also include the ReadyReach D-loop assembly to the shoulder belt system. The ReadyReach feature adds an extender arm to the D-loop location placing the D-loop in a closer, easier to reach location.

Any flip up seats will include a
3 -point shoulder type belts only.

To ensure safe operation, the seats will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. 0543133
Bracket, Helmet Holder, Zico UHH-1

HELMET HOLDER
There will be a total of
four (
4 )
Zico, Model UHH-
1 , helmet holder bracket(s) provided in the cab.

The brackets will provide secure storage and quick access to each helmet. The location of the helmet holder bracket(s) will be determined at the time of final inspection. 0647638
Lights, Dome, Weldon Dual LED 4
Lts

CAB DOME LIGHTS
There will be four (
4 ) Weldon
808
* series, dual LED dome lights with
grey
bezels provided. Two
(
2 ) lights will be mounted above the inside shoulder of the driver and officer and two ( 2 ) lights will
be installed and located, one (
1 ) on each side of the crew cab.

The color of the LED's will be
red and white
.

The white LED's will be controlled by
the door switches and the lens switch
.

The color LED's will be controlled by
the lens switch
.
0896451
Enhanced Software for Cab and
Crew Cab Dome Lts

ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR CAB AND CREW CAB DOME LIGHTS
The cab and crew cab dome lights will remain on for
10 seconds for improved visibility after the
doors are closed.

The dome lights will dim after
10 seconds or immediately if the vehicle's transmission is put into gear.
0614669
Light, Map, Overhead, Round, Add,
Sunnex SL9-200B25L LED Clr Lens,
Ceiling Mount

ADDITIONAL MAP LIGHT
There will be
one (
1 )
Sunnex Model SL
9-200
B
25 L LED additional map light(s) installed in the cab
and located
Please match Job #
33716
. On the ceiling to serve the officers side
.

The light will be controlled by the switch on the base. The light switch(es) will be connected directly to the battery switched power
.
22 884
Bid #:

0628471
Light, Map, Overhead, Peterson
M371S LED, Rectangula w/Switch

ADDITIONAL OVERHEAD MAP LIGHT
There will be
one (
1 )
additional rectangular based adjustable map light(s) with white LEDs installed in the cab and located
TBD at pre-construction
.

Each light will include a switch on the light housing.

The light switch(es) will be connected
directly to the battery power
.
0727913
Spotlight, Golight/RadioRay, Model
20**4GT, LED, 2 Lts

CAB SPOTLIGHT
There will be two (
2 ) Golight, Model
20 **
4 GT,
white
LED spotlights located on the cab roof,
One
(
1 ) LS visor One (
1 ) RS Visor
. The spotlights will be mounted
on visor brackets
.

These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0650030
Controller, Spotlight, Golight, Wired
Dash Mount, 2 Lts
Spotlight Controller
There will be one (
1 ) wired dash mounted remote provided for each spotlight. 0649967
Location, Spotlight Controller, Driver
and Officer, 2 Lts
Spotlight Controller Locations
The remotes to control the spotlights will be located one ( 1 ) within reach of the driver and one (
1 )
within reach of the officer.
0544484
Handlts, (4) Streamlight, UltraStinger
w/AC/DC Charger

HAND HELD LIGHT
There will be four (
4 ) Streamlight, Model UltraStinger
™
lights provided. Each light will include an
AC/DC charger.

The flashlights will be mounted
Two (
2 ) each on the inboard side of each EMS cabinet.
.
0554191
Handlight, Streamlight, Fire Vulcan,
44451, C4 LED, Tail Lights, 12v,
Orange

ADDITIONAL HAND HELD LIGHT
There will be
two (
2 ) lights
additional
12 v Streamlight, Model
#44451
, Fire Vulcan LED light(s) will
be provided and mounted
One (
1 ) each on the inboard side of each EMS cabinet.
. Each light will
be provided with a
12 volt direct wire vehicle mounting rack.

Each light housing will be orange in color and be provided with a single C 4 LED bulb and two (
2 )
"ultra bright blue tail-light LEDs". The tail-light LEDs will have a dual mode of blinking or steady. 0603606
Cab Instruments, Ivory Gauges,
Chrome Bezels, Enf MUX

CAB INSTRUMENTATION
The cab instrument panel will include gauges, an LCD display, telltale indicator lamps, control switches, alarms, and a diagnostic panel. The function of the instrument panel controls and switches will be identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight switch will illuminate the labels in low light conditions. Telltale indicator lamps will not be illuminated unless necessary. The cab instruments and controls will be conveniently located within the forward cab section, forward of the driver. The gauge assembly and switch panels are designed to be removable for ease of service and low cost of ownership.

Gauges
The gauge panel will include the following ten (
10 ) ivory faced gauges with chrome bezels to
monitor vehicle performance:

Voltmeter gauge (volts):

Low volts (

11.8 VDC)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
High volts (

15.5 VDC)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very low volts (

11.3 VDC)
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very high volts (

16.0 VDC)
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Tachometer (RPM)
Speedometer MPH (Major Scale), KM/H (Minor Scale)
Fuel level gauge (Empty - Full in fractions):

Low fuel (
1/8
full)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very low fuel (
1/32
full)
Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Oil pressure Gauge (PSI):

Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Front Air Pressure Gauges (PSI):

Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Rear Air Pressure Gauges (PSI):

Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit):

High transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm 23 884
Bid #:

Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit):

High engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarms Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions):

Low fluid (
1/8
full)
Amber indicator light in gauge dial
All gauges will perform prove out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.

Indicator Lamps
To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps will be located on the instrument panel in clear view of the driver. The indicator lamps will be "dead-front" design that is only visible when active. The colored indicator lights will have descriptive text or symbols.

The following amber telltale lamps will be present:

Low coolant
Trac cntl (traction control) (where applicable
Check engine
Check trans (check transmission
Aux brake overheat (Auxiliary brake overheat
Air rest (air restriction)
Caution (triangle symbol)
Water in fuel
DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration)
Trailer ABS (where applicable)
Wait to start (where applicable)
HET (engine high exhaust temperature) (where applicable) ABS (antilock brake system)
MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) (where applicable) Side roll fault (where applicable)
Front air bag fault (where applicable)
The following red telltale lamps will be present:

Warning (stop sign symbol)
Seat belt
Parking brake
Stop engine
Rack down
The following green telltale lamps will be provided:

Left turn
Right turn
Battery on
The following blue telltale lamp will be provided:

High beam
Alarms
Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm will be provided whenever a warning message is present.

Audible pulsing tone caution alarm: A pulsing audible tone alarm (chime/chirp) will be provided whenever a caution message is present without a warning message being present.

Alarm silence: Any active audible alarm will be able to be silenced by holding the ignition switch at the top position for three (
3 ) to five (
5 ) seconds. For improved safety, silenced audible alarms will intermittently chirp every
30 seconds until the alarm condition no longer exists. The intermittent chirp will act as a reminder to the operator that a caution or warning condition still exists. Any new warning or caution condition will enable the steady or pulsing tones respectively.

Indicator Lamp and Alarm Prove-Out
A system will be provided which automatically tests telltale indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel. Telltale indicators and alarms will perform prove-out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.

Control Switches
For ease of use, the following controls will be provided immediately adjacent to the cab instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications.

Headlight/Parking light switch: A three (
3 )-position maintained rocker switch will be
provided. The first switch position will deactivate all parking and headlights. The second switch position will activate the parking lights. The third switch will activate the headlights.

Panel back lighting intensity control switch: A three ( 3 )-position momentary rocker switch
will be provided. Pressing the top half of the switch, "Panel Up" increases the panel back lighting intensity and pressing the bottom half of the switch, "Panel Down" decreases the panel back lighting intensity. Pressing the half or bottom half of the switch several times will allow back lighting intensity to be gradually varied from minimum to maximum intensity level for ease of use.

Ignition switch: A three (
3 )-position maintained/momentary rocker switch will be provided.

The first switch position will turn off and deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch position will activate vehicle ignition and will perform prove-out on the telltale indicators and alarms for
3 to
5 seconds after the switch is turned on. A green indicator lamp is activated with vehicle ignition. The third momentary position will temporarily silence all active cab alarms. An alarm "chirp" may continue as long as alarm condition exists.

Switching ignition to off position will terminate the alarm silence feature and reset function of cab alarm system.

Engine start switch: A two (
2 )-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate the vehicle's engine. The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental activation.

Hazard switch will be provided on the instrument panel or on the steering column.

Heater, defroster, and air conditioning control panel.

Windshield wiper control will include low, high and intermittent modes.

Turn signal arm: A self-canceling turn signal with high beam headlight will be provided.

Parking brake control: An air actuated push/pull park brake control valve will be provided.

Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control will be provided through the center of the steering wheel.
24 884
Bid #:

High idle engagement switch: A momentary rocker switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided. The switch will activate and deactivate the high idle function. The "OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch will indicate when the high idle function is engaged.
"OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light will be provided next to the high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high idle engagement.

Emergency switching will be controlled by
multiple individual warning light switches for
various groups or areas of emergency warning lights. An Emergency Master switch provided on the instrument panel that enables or disables all individual warning light switches is included
.

An additional "Emergency Master" button will be provided on the lower left hand corner of the gauge panel to allow convenient control of the "Emergency Master" system from inside the driver's door when standing on the ground.

Custom Switch Panels
The design of cab instrumentation will allow for emergency lighting and other switches to be placed within easy reach of the operator thus improving safety. There will be positions for up to four (
4 ) switch panels in the lower instrument console and up to six ( 6 ) switch
panels in the overhead visor console. All switches have backlit labels for low light conditions.

Diagnostic Panel
A diagnostic panel will be accessible while standing on the ground and located inside the driver's side door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel will allow diagnostic tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership. Diagnostic switches will allow ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist.

The diagnostic panel will include the following:

Engine diagnostic port
Transmission diagnostic port
ABS diagnostic port
Roll sensor diagnostic port
Command Zone USB diagnostic port
ABS diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on ABS telltale indicator) Diesel particulate filter regeneration switch (where applicable) Diesel particulate filter regeneration inhibit switch (where applicable) Cab LCD Display
A digital four (
4 )-row by
20 -character dot matrix display will be integral to the gauge panel. The display will be capable of showing simple graphical images as well as text. The display will be split into three (
3 ) sections. Each section will have a
dedicated function. The upper left section will display the outside ambient temperature.

The upper right section will display the following, along with other configuration specific information:

Odometer
Trip mileage
PTO hours
Fuel consumption
Engine hours
The bottom section will display INFO, CAUTION, and WARNING messages. Text messages will automatically activate to describe the cause of an audible caution or warning alarm. The LCD will be capable of displaying multiple text messages should more than one caution or warning condition exist.
0509511
Air Restriction Indicator, Imp/Vel,
AXT, Dash CF, Enf MUX

AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR
A high air restriction warning indicator light LCD message with amber warning indicator and audible alarm will be provided.
0543751
Light, Do Not Move Apparatus

"DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR
A flashing red indicator light, located in the driving compartment, will be illuminated automatically per the current NFPA requirements. The light will be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus If Light Is On."
The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator will activate a pulsing alarm

when the parking brake is released.
25 884
Bid #:

0509042
Messages, Open Dr/DNMT, Color
Dsply,

DO NOT MOVE TRUCK MESSAGES
Messages will be displayed on the Command Zone
™,
color display located within sight of the
driver whenever the Do Not Move Truck light is active. The messages will designate the item or items not in the stowed for vehicle travel position (parking brake disengaged).

The following messages will be displayed (where applicable):

Do Not Move Truck
DS Cab Door Open (Driver Side Cab Door Open)
PS Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Cab Door Open)
DS Crew Cab Door Open (Driver Side Crew Cab Door Open)
PS Crew Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door Open) DS Body Door Open (Driver Side Body Door Open)
PS Body Door Open (Passenger's Side Body Door Open)
Rear Body Door Open
DS Ladder Rack Down (Driver Side Ladder Rack Down)
PS Ladder Rack Down (Passenger Side Ladder Rack Down)
Deck Gun Not Stowed
Lt Tower Not Stowed (Light Tower Not Stowed)
Fold Tank Not Stowed (Fold-A-Tank Not Stowed)
Aerial Not Stowed (Aerial Device Not Stowed)
Stabilizer Not Stowed
Steps Not Stowed
Handrail Not Stowed
Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause major damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved will be displayed as a caution message after the parking brake is disengaged.
0611683
Switching, Cab Instrument Lower
Console & Overhead, Membrane,
Enforcer WiFi MUX

SWITCH PANELS
The emergency light switch panel will have a master switch for ease of use plus individual switches for selective control. Each switch panel will contain eight ( 8 ) membrane-type switches
each rated for one million (
1,000,000
) cycles. Panels containing less than eight (
8 ) switch
assignments will include non-functioning black appliqués. The built-in switch panels will be located in the lower console or overhead console of the cab.

Additional switch panel(s) will be located in the overhead position(s) above the windshield or in designated locations on the lower instrument panel layout.

The switches will be membrane-type and also act as an integral indicator light. For quick, visual indication the entire surface of the switch will be illuminated white whenever back lighting is activated and illuminated green whenever the switch is active. An active illuminated switch will flash when interlock requirements are not met or device is actively being load managed. For ease of use, a two (
2 )-ply, scratch resistant laser engraved Gravoply label indicating the use of each switch will be placed in the center of the switch. The label will allow light to pass through the letters for ease of use in low light conditions.
0802945
Wiper Control, 2-Speed with
Intermittent, Stalk Control, Enf MUX

WIPER CONTROL
For simple operation and easy reach, the windshield wiper control will be an integral part of the directional light lever located on the steering column. The wiper control will include high and low wiper speed settings, an intermittent wiper control and windshield washer switch. The control will have a "return to park" provision, which allows the wipers to return to the stored position when not in use.
0002565
Hourmeter, Aerial Inside Cab

HOURMETER - AERIAL DEVICE
An hourmeter for the aerial device will be provided and located within the cab display or instrument panel.
0002615
Switch, Aerial 12V Master

AERIAL MASTER
There will be a master switch for the aerial operating electrical system provided. 0002617
PTO switch, w/light - aerial

AERIAL PTO SWITCH
A PTO switch for the aerial with indicator light will be provided. 0657222
Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 12
Circuit Fuse Block, Blue Sea 5026
1st

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
one (
1 )
pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery power
.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to
20 amps at
12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate
Crew Cab Center Rear Facing EMS cabinet, lower left hand corner
.

Termination will be to a Blue Sea System, Model
5026
,
12 circuit with negative bus bar, straight
blade fuse block. The terminal block will include a cover with circuit labels.

Wires will be sized to
125%
of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 26 884
Bid #:

0560535
Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 4th

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
two (
2 )
pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery power
.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to
15 amps at
12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate
One (
1 ) DS rear facing EMS cabinet One (
1 ) PS rear facing
EMS cabinet
.

Termination will be
with
15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover
.

Wires will be sized to
125
percent of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0547505
Wiring, Spare, 10 A 12V DC 1st

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
two (
2 )
pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery switched power
.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to
10 amps at
12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate
One (
1 ) DS crew cab EMS Compartment exterior on the inboard wall for portable hand light. One (
1 ) PS crew cab EMS Compartment exterior on the inboard wall for portable hand light.
.

Termination will be
with heat shrinkable butt splicing
.

Wires will be sized to
125
percent of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0548004
Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 1st

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
two (
2 )
pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery power
The negative wire will be connected to ground
Wires will be protected to
15 amps at
12 volts DC
Power and ground will terminate
Terminate behind Officers seat, for medivault and modem Termination will be
with heat shrinkable butt splicing
Wires will be sized to
125
percent of the protection
The circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0548006
Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 2nd

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
six (
6 )
pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery power
.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to
15 amps at
12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate
One (
1 ) each in each rear facing (outboard)EMS compartments mid-height outboard. Two (
2 ) in lower switch assembly of the dash between the driver and officers positions. Two (
2 ) - TBD at pre construction
.

Termination will be
with
15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover
.

Wires will be sized to
125
percent of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0548007
Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 3rd

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
two (
2 )
pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery power
.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to
15 amps at
12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate
Installed in front face of map box.
.

Termination will be
with
15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover
.

Wires will be sized to
125
percent of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0548009
Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC 1st

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
one (
1 )
pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery power
The negative wire will be connected to ground
Wires will be protected to
20 amps at
12 volts DC
Power and ground will terminate
Please match Job #
33716
, recessed dash area in front of
Officers seat
Termination will be
with heat shrinkable butt splicing
Wires will be sized to
125%
of the protection
This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 27 884
Bid #:

0896666
Wiring, Spare, 4.8 A 12V DC, USB
Termination 1st

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
four (
4 )
dual USB fast charge socket mounts installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery power
.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to

4.8 amps at
12 volts DC.

The USB socket mount will be
Rear Facing Center Cabinet, One (
1 ) mounted in accessory box
on each of the two shelves, Captains side. and Two (
2 ) mounted in provisions made in Mapbox
for USB power points Option
806630
.

Termination will be a dual USB charger socket.

Wires will be sized to
125%
of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0583917
Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 5th

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
one (
1 )
pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery power
.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to
15 amps at
12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate
Left hand side of PS recessed dash are for MDC
.

Termination will be
with heat shrinkable butt splicing
.

Wires will be sized to
125%
of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0803875
Radio, AM/FM/WB, Jensen, Frt,Rear
Aux In/Frt,Rear USB/Bluetooth

STEREO RADIO
A Jensen, heavy duty AM/FM / Bluetooth / Weatherband stereo radio, with front and rear auxiliary input will be installed
within reach of the officer
. There will be

5.25 " speakers installed
one (
1 ) pair
of

5.25 " speakers in the cab and one (
1 ) pair of

5.25 " speakers in the crew cab
. The antenna will
be
a roof-mounted rubber antenna located in an open space, on the cab roof .

The following features will be included:
-
180
watts max power output (
45 W x
4 )
- Bluetooth® streaming audio and controls
(A
2 DP/AVRCP) with hands-free calling (HFP)
- Electronic AM/FM tuner (US/Euro)
- iPod®/iPhone® ready via USB
- SiriusXM-Ready®
- Seven-channel NOAA weatherband with S.A.M.E. technology - USB

2.0 for playback of MP
3 & WMA audio files
- RBDS with PTY search
- Front and rear USB input
- Front and rear AUX input
0894720
SP
Box, Mounting, (2) Push Buttons or
Power Points, Qty, Loc, Painted

PUSH BUTTON/PPT MOUNTING BRACKET
There will be
two (
2 )
mounting box(es) provided
Center Rear facing cabinet in crew cab area.

One (
1 ) mounted on each shelf within cabinet
for the mounting of push button controls or power
points.

The mounting box will be

4.00 " wide x

12.00 " long x

3.00 " high. The controls and labels will be
mounted horizontally next to each other. The mounting box will include two ( 2 ) positions for push
buttons or power points.

The box will be fabricated from smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior. 0615386
Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color
Display, Touchscreen, MUX

INFORMATION CENTER
An information center employing a

7.00 " diagonal touch screen color LCD display will be encased in an ABS plastic housing.

The information center will have the following specifications:

Operate in temperatures from -
40 to
185
degrees Fahrenheit
An Optical Gel will be placed between the LCD and protective lens Five weather resistant user interface switches
Grey with black accents
Sunlight Readable
Linux operating system
Minimum of
1000
nits rated display
Display can be changed to an available foreign language A LCD display integral to the cab gauge panel will be included as outlined in the cab instrumentation area.

Programmed to read
US Customary
General Screen Design
Where possible, background colors will be used to provide "At a Glance" vehicle information. If information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background will be used.

If a caution or warning situation arises the following will occur:

An amber background/text color will indicate a caution condition A red background/text color will indicate a warning condition The information center will utilize an "Alert Center" to display text messages for audible alarm tones. The text messages will be written to identify the item(s) causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (
1 ) text message occurs, the messages will cycle every second until the problem(s) have been resolved. The background color for the "Alert Center" will change to indicate the severity of the "warning" message. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all alert center messages.

A label for each button will exist. The label will indicate the function for each active button for each screen. Buttons that are not utilized on specific screens will have a button label with no text or symbol.
28 884
Bid #:

Home/Transit Screen
This screen will display the following:

Vehicle Mitigation (if equipped)
Water Level (if the water level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
Foam Level (if the foam level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
Seat Belt Monitoring Screen Seat Belt Monitoring Screen Tire Pressure Monitoring (if equipped)
Digital Speedometer
Active Alarms
On Scene Screen
This screen will display the following and will be auto activated with pump engaged (if equipped):

Battery Voltage
Fuel
Oil Pressure
Coolant Temperature
RPM
Water Level (if equipped)
Foam Level (if equipped)
Foam Concentration (if equipped)
Water Flow Rate (if equipped)
Water Used (if equipped)
Active Alarms
Virtual Buttons
There will be four (
4 ) virtual switch panel screens that match the overhead and lower lighting and HVAC switch panels.

Page Screen
The page screen will display the following and allow the user to progress into other screens for further functionality:

Diagnostics
Faults
Listed by order of occurrence
Allows to sort by system
Interlock
Throttle Interlocks
Pump Interlocks (if equipped)
Aerial Interlocks (if equipped)
PTO Interlocks (if equipped)
Load Manager
A list of items to be load managed will be provided. The list will provide a description of the load.

The lower the priority numbers the earlier the device will be shed should a low voltage condition occur.

The screen will indicate if a load has been shed (disabled) or not shed. "At a glance" color features are utilized on this screen.

Systems
Command Zone
Module type and ID number
Module Version
Input or output number
Circuit number connected to that input or output
Status of the input or output
Power and Constant Current module diagnostic information Foam (if equipped)
Pressure Controller (if equipped)
Generator Frequency (if equipped)
Live Data
General Truck Data
Maintenance
Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
Pump oil (if equipped)
Foam (if equipped)
Aerial (if equipped)
Setup
Clock Setup
Date & Time
12 or
24 hour format
Set time and date
Backlight
Daytime
Night time
Sensitivity
Unit Selection
Home Screen
Virtual Button Setup
On Scene Screen Setup
Configure Video Mode
Set Video Contrast
Set Video Color
Set Video Tint
Do Not Move
The screen will indicate the approximate location and type of item that is open or is not stowed for travel. The actual status of the following devices will be indicated Driver Side Cab Door
Passenger's Side Cab Door
Driver Side Crew Cab Door
Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door
29 884
Bid #:

Driver Side Body Doors
Passenger's Side Body Doors
Rear Body Door(s)
Ladder Rack (if applicable)
Deck Gun (if applicable)
Light Tower (if applicable)
Hatch Door (if applicable)
Stabilizers (if applicable)
Steps (if applicable)
Notifications
View Active Alarms
Shows a list of all active alarms including date and time of the occurrence is shown with each alarm
Silence Alarms - All alarms are silenced
Timer Screen
HVAC (if equipped)
Tire Information (if equipped)
Ascendant Set Up Confirmation (if equipped)
Button functions and button labels may change with each screen. 0734857
Collision Mitigation, HAAS Alert
(R2V), HA5

COLLISION MITIGATION
There will be a HAAS Alert®, Model HA
5 Responder-to-Vehicle (R
2 V) collision avoidance system
provided on the apparatus. The HA
5 cellular transponder module will be installed behind the cab windshield, as high and near to the center as practical, to allow clear visibility to the sky. The module dimensions are

5.40 " long x

2.70 " wide x

1.30 " high, and operating temperature range is
-
40 degree C to
85 degree C.

The transponder will be connected to the vehicle's emergency master circuit and battery direct power and ground.

While responding with emergency lights on, the HA
5 transponder sends alert messages via
cellular network to motorists in the vicinity of the responding truck that are equipped with the WAZE app.

While on scene with emergency lights on, the HA
5 transponder sends road hazard alerts to
motorists in the vicinity of the truck that are equipped with the WAZE app.

The HA
5 Responder-to-Vehicle (R
2 V) collision avoidance system will include
the transponder
and a
5 year cellular plan subscription
.

Activation of the HAAS Alert system requires a representative of the customer to accept the End User License Agreement (EULA) via an on-line portal.
0606247
Vehicle Data Recorder w/CZ Display
Seat Belt Monitor

VEHICLE DATA RECORDER
There will be a vehicle data recorder (VDR) capable of reading and storing vehicle information provided.

The information stored on the VDR can be downloaded through a USB port mounted in a convenient location determined by cab model. A USB cable can be used to connect the VDR to a laptop to retrieve required information. The program to download the information from the VDR will be available to download on-line.

The vehicle data recorder will be capable of recording the following data via hardwired and/or CAN inputs:

Vehicle Speed - MPH
Acceleration - MPH/sec
Deceleration - MPH/sec
Engine Speed - RPM
Engine Throttle Position - % of Full Throttle
ABS Event - On/Off
Seat Occupied Status - Yes/No by Position
Seat Belt Buckled Status - Yes/No by Position
Master Optical Warning Device Switch - On/Off
Time -
24 Hour Time
Date - Year/Month/Day
Seat Belt Monitoring System
A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) will be provided on the Command Zone ™
color display.

The SBMS will be capable of monitoring up to
10 seating positions indicating the status of each
seat position per the following:

Seat Occupied & Buckled = Green LED indicator illuminated Seat Occupied & Unbuckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Buckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Unbuckled = No indicator and no alarm
The seat belt monitoring screen will become active on the Command Zone color display when:

The home screen is active:
and there is any occupant seated but not buckled or any belt buckled with an occupant. and there are no other Do Not Move Apparatus conditions present. As soon as all Do Not Move Apparatus conditions are cleared, the SBMS will be activated.

The SBMS will include an audible alarm that will warn that an unbuckled occupant condition exists and the parking brake is released, or the transmission is not in park. 0606226
Signal, Recordable, VDR, Silence
Alarm, AXT MUX, DCF, SFR/Enf,
Imp/Vel, Qtm
Vehicle Data Recordable Input
When the VDR is active, the seat belt monitoring system alarm will be silenced through the standard silence alarm switch. The alarm will chirp in intervals to remind the operator that an alarm is still sounding.
30 884
Bid #:

0663247
Intercom, Firecom 5100D Single
Radio, 4-Pos, D,O,2C

INTERCOM SYSTEM
There will be digital, single radio interface, intercom located Please Match Job #
33716
in the
cab. The front panel will have master volume, and squelch controls with illuminated indicators, allowing for independent level setting of radio and auxiliary audio devices.

There will be one (
1 ) radio listen only / transmit control with select, monitor, receive, and transmit indicators. There will be one (
1 ) auxiliary audio input with select, and receive indicators.

Headset jacks will be provided for the driver, officer, and two ( 2 ) crew positions located
at both
forward facing seats
.

The following Firecom components will be provided:

One (
1 )
5100
D Intercom
Four (
4 ) HM-
10 Interior headset jacks
All necessary power and station cabling
0006240
Cable, Radio to Intercom Interface,
Firecom, 1 Radio

RADIO / INTERCOM INTERFACE CABLE
The apparatus manufacturer will supply and install one ( 1 ) radio interface cable before delivery of
the vehicle.

The radio equipment to be used by the customer will be:

Kenwood
, Model number
NX-
5000
.
0681413
Headset, Firecom, FH-51 Over Head,
Radio Transmit

OVER THE HEAD, RADIO TRANSMIT HEADSET
There will be
two (
2 )
over the head, radio transmit headset(s) provided
driver's seat and officer
seat
.

Each Firecom, Model FH-
51 headset will feature:

Coiled cord with rugged angled plug
Noise cancelling electric microphone
Flex boom rotates for left or right dress
Adjustable volume control
ComLeather ear seals with
24 dB noise reduction
Radio Push To Transmit button. Mic is always live for intercom communication 0681393
Headset, Firecom, FH-54 Over Head,
Intercom Only, Mic On/Off

OVER THE HEAD HEADSET, INTERCOM ONLY
There will be
two (
2 )
Firecom, Model FH-
54 over the head, intercom only headset(s) provided
driver's side inboard forward facing seat and passenger's side inboard forward facing seat .

Each headset will feature:

Coiled cord with rugged angled plug
Noise cancelling electric microphone
Flex boom rotates for left or right dress
Adjustable volume control
ComLeather ear seals with
24 dB noise reduction
Microphone on/off button
0681408
Hangers For Headsets, NFPA, Each

HEADSET HANGERS
There will be
four (
4 )
headset hanger(s) installed
driver's seat, officer's seat, driver's side
outboard forward facing seat and passenger's side outboard forward facing seat . The hanger(s)
will meet NFPA
1901
, Section

14.1.11 , requirement for equipment mounting.
0663968
Install Customer Provided Drug Vault,
Knox Model #2 With WiFi, in Cab

KNOX-BOX®
There will be
one (
1 )
Knox-Box MedVault
2 , surface mount with Ethernet cable will be sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred installer and installed in the Please Match Job #
33716
. On
top of the EMS compartment on the passenger side and facing to the rear .

A "technician's key" will be provided by the customer for each Knox Box. The box cannot be installed without a compatible technician's key.

Specific shipping requirements will be followed.
0640003
Install Customer Provided Modem

MOBILE RADIO MODEM INSTALLATION
There will be
one (
1 )
customer supplied modem(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred installer to be installed
Please Match Job #
33716
. Behind the officers seat on the back wall of
the passenger side EMS compartment
.

Specific shipping requirements will be followed.
0559503
Install Customer Provided, Portable
Radio Charger(s)

PORTABLE RADIO CHARGER INSTALLATION
There will be
two (
2 )
customer supplied portable two-way radio chargers(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred radio installer to be installed On the front surface of the mapbox
matching Job #
33716
. Specific shipping requirements will be followed.
0559156
Install Customer Provided Two-Way
Radio(s)

TWO WAY RADIO INSTALLATION
There will be
one (
1 )
customer supplied two way radio(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred radio installer to be installed
Per signed layout
per the shipping document.

No antenna mount or whip will be included in this option.

Specific radio shipping requirements will be followed.
31 884
Bid #:

0616382
Install Customer Provided
GPS/Multimode Antenna(s)

GPS / MULTIMODE ANTENNA INSTALLATION
There will be
one (
1 )
customer supplied GPS / Multimode antenna(s) with stud mount for thick roof material to be installed on the roof. The antenna coax cable(s) will be run per the packing list / instructions provided to the third party installer.

Specific shipping requirements will be followed. The GPS / Multimode antenna will be sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred installer prior to cab fabrication. 0687904
Antenna Mount, Custom Chassis,
Cable Routed to Behind Officer Seat

RADIO ANTENNA MOUNT
There will be
two (
2 )
standard

1.125
",
18 thread antenna-mounting base(s) installed
Drivers side
and center, Match Job #
33716

on the cab roof with high efficiency, low loss, coaxial cable(s) routed to behind the officer seat. A weatherproof cap will be installed on the mount. 0653519
Camera, Pierce, Driver Mux, R, RS,
LS Cameras

VEHICLE CAMERA SYSTEM
There will be a color vehicle camera system provided with the following:

One (
1 ) camera located at the rear of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the vehicle in reverse.

One (
1 ) camera located on the right side of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the right side turn signal.

One (
1 ) camera located on the left side of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the left side turn signal.

The camera images will be displayed on the driver's vehicle information center display. Audio from the microphone on the rear camera will be
emitted by an amplified speaker with volume
control located on the instrument panel
.

The following components will be included:

One (
1 ) SV-CW
134639
CAI Camera
Two (
2 ) CS
134404
CI Side cameras
One (
1 ) Amplified speaker (if applicable)
All necessary cables
0511071
Guard, 4-Way, Rear Vision Camera

VEHICLE CAMERA GUARD
There will be
one (
1 )
aluminum treadplate guard(s) fastened over the vehicle camera(s) located Underside of traffic advisor
.
0890416
Pierce Command Zone, Advanced
Electronics & Control System,
Enforcer, WiFi CZT

ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM
The primary power distribution will be located forward of the officer's seating position and be easily accessible while standing on the ground for simplified maintenance and troubleshooting.

Additional electrical distribution centers will be provided throughout the vehicle to house the vehicle's electrical power, circuit protection, and control components. The electrical distribution centers will be located strategically throughout the vehicle to minimize wire length. For ease of maintenance, all electrical distribution centers will be easily accessible. All distribution centers containing fuses, circuit breakers and/or relays will be easily accessible.

Distribution centers located throughout the vehicle will contain battery powered studs for supplying customer installed equipment thus providing a lower cost of ownership.

Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standards, will be utilized to protect electrical circuits. All circuit protection devices will be rated per NFPA requirements to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit breakers will be Type-I automatic reset (continuously resetting). When required, automotive type fuses will be utilized to protect electronic equipment. Control relays and solenoid will have a direct current rating of
125
percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected per NFPA.

Solid-State Control System
A solid-state electronics based control system will be utilized to achieve advanced operation and control of the vehicle components. A fully computerized vehicle network will consist of electronic modules,
electronic control modules to include a see through housing, a power indicator, a status indicator and circuit indicators
located near their point of use to reduce harness lengths and improve reliability. The control system will comply with SAE J 1939-11
recommended practices.

The control system will operate as a master-slave system whereas the main control module instructs all other system components. The system will contain patented Mission Critical software that maintains critical vehicle operations in the unlikely event of a main controller error. The system will utilize a Real Time Operating System (RTOS) fully compliant with OSEK/VDX ™
specifications providing a lower cost of ownership.

For increased reliability and simplified use the control system modules will include the following attributes:

Green LED indicator light for module power
Red LED indicator light for network communication stability status Control system self test at activation and continually throughout vehicle operation No moving parts due to transistor logic
Software logic control for NFPA mandated safety interlocks and indicators Integrated electrical system load management without additional components Integrated electrical load sequencing system without additional components Customized control software to the vehicle's configuration Factory and field programmable to accommodate changes to the vehicle's operating parameters To assure long life and operation in a broad range of environmental conditions, the solid-state control system modules will meet the following specifications:

Module circuit board will meet SAE J
771
specifications
Operating temperature from -
40 C to +
70 C
Storage temperature from -
40 C to +
70 C
Vibration to
50 g
IP
67 rated enclosure (Totally protected against dust and also protected against the effect of temporary immersion between
15 centimeters and one (
1 ) meter)
Operating voltage from eight (
8 ) volts to
32 volts DC
The main controller will activate status indicators and audible alarms designed to provide warning 32 884
Bid #:

of problems before they become critical.

Circuit Protection and Control Diagram
Copies of all job-specific, computer network input and output (I/O) connections will be provided with each chassis. The sheets will indicate the function of each module connection point, circuit protection information (where applicable), wire numbers, wire colors and load management information.

On-Board Electrical System Diagnostics
The on-board information center will include the following diagnostic information:

Text description of active warning or caution alarms
Simplified warning indicators
Amber caution indication with intermittent alarm
Red warning indication with steady tone alarm
Advanced diagnostic feature will be provided in this control system. From the Command Zone display or connected wireless device, these features allow the user to monitor the real-time status of every input or output on the vehicle. It also allows users logged in as an administrator to force on inputs or outputs to assist the troubleshooting process.

TCU Module with WiFi
An in cab module will provide WiFi wireless interface and data logging capability. The WiFi interface will comply with IEEE
802.11
b/g/n capabilities while communicating at

2.4 Gigahertz.

The module will communicate through a
black WiFi antenna
allowing a line of site communication
range of up to
300
feet with a roof mounted antenna.

The module will transmit a password protected web page to a WiFi enabled device (i.e. most smart phones, tablets or laptops) allowing two levels of user interaction. The firefighter level will allow vehicle monitoring of the vehicle and firefighting systems on the apparatus. The technician level will allow diagnostic access to inputs and outputs installed on the Command Zone ™,
control
and information system.

The TCU capability will record faults from the engine, transmission, ABS and Command Zone ™,
control and information systems as they occur. No other data will be recorded at the time the fault occurs. The data TCU will provide up to
2 Gigabytes of data storage.

The TCU will provide a means to download the TCU information and update software in the device.

Indicator Light and Alarm Prove-Out System
A system will be provided which automatically tests basic indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel.

Voltage Monitor System
A voltage monitoring system will be provided to indicate the status of the battery system connected to the vehicle's electrical load. The system will provide visual and audible warning when the system voltage is below or above optimum levels.

The alarm will activate if the system falls below

11.8 volts DC for more than two (
2 ) minutes.

Dedicated Radio Equipment Connection Points
There will be three (
3 ) studs provided in the primary power distribution center located in front of the officer for two-way radio equipment. The studs will consist of the following:
12 -volt
40 -amp battery switched power
12 -volt
60 -amp ignition switched power
12 -volt
60 -amp direct battery power
There will also be a
12 -volt
100
-amp ground stud located in or adjacent to the power distribution center.

EMI/RFI Protection
To prevent erroneous signals from crosstalk contamination and interference, the electrical system will meet, at a minimum, SAE J
551/2
, thus reducing undesired electromagnetic and radio
frequency emissions. An advanced electrical system will be used to ensure radiated and conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are suppressed at their source.

The apparatus will have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire ground operations to ensure clean operations. The electrical system will meet, without exceptions, electromagnetic susceptibility conforming to SAE J 1113/25
Region
1 , Class C EMR
for
10 KHz-
1 GHz to
100
Volts/Meter. The vehicle OEM, upon request, will provide EMC testing reports from testing conducted on an entire apparatus and will certify that the vehicle meets SAE J
551/2
and SAE J
1113/25
Region
1 , Class C EMR for
10 KHz-
1 GHz to
100
Volts/Meter
requirements. Component and partial (incomplete) vehicle testing is not adequate as overall vehicle design can impact test results and thus is not acceptable by itself.

EMI/RFI susceptibility will be controlled by applying appropriate circuit designs and shielding. The electrical system will be designed for full compatibility with low-level control signals and high- powered two-way radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing will be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI/RFI susceptibility. 0896456
Prognostics, Electrical System

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PROGNOSTICS
There will be a software based vehicle tool provided to predict remaining life of the vehicles critical fluid and events.

The system will send automatic indications to the Command Zone ™
information center and/or
wireless enabled devices to proactively alert of upcoming service intervals.

Prognostics will include the following:

Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
33 884
Bid #:

0892649
CZ Connect Telematics

TELEMATICS SYSTEM
There will be a cellular based vehicle telematics system consisting of a Telematic Control Unit (TCU) with external cellular WiFi and GPS antenna, and access to a web-based user interface portal provided.

The TCU will be fully integrated into the Command Zone
™
electrical system. It will monitor the
vehicle through the CAN data bus and transmit data through a secure 4 G LTE cellular
connection, and be provided with a
3 year subscription.
.

After accepting the end user license agreement, the vehicle administrator will have access to vehicle location information and vehicle data via a secure CZ Connect web-based interface portal.

The CZ Connect web-based interface will allow users to access vehicle data and configure monitoring tools, providing a global view of the location of each connected asset and a summary of fleet data, which include:

User defined interval notifications
User defined fault alerts
Remote access to Command Zone diagnostics
Vehicle analytics and activity monitoring
Vehicle system status
0624253
Electrical System, Enforcer MUX

ELECTRICAL
All
12 -volt electrical equipment installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to modern automotive practices. All wiring will be high temperature crosslink type. Wiring will be run, in loom or conduit, where exposed and have grommets where wire passes through sheet metal.

Automatic reset circuit breakers will be provided which conform to SAE Standards. Wiring will be color, function and number coded. Function and number codes will be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at

2.00 " intervals. Exterior exposed wire connectors will be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids.

Electrical wiring and equipment will be installed utilizing the following guidelines:

All holes made in the roof will be caulked with silicon. Large fender washers, liberally caulked, will be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof.

Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area will be mounted in a manner that will not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area will be defined as any location outside of the cab or body.

Electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance will not be fastened with nuts and bolts. Metal screws will be used in mounting these devices. Also a coil of wire will be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from mounting area for inspection and service work.

Corrosion preventative compound will be applied to all terminal plugs located outside of the cab or body. All non-waterproof connections will require this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation (of the plug).

All lights that have their sockets in a weather exposed area will have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area.

All electrical terminals in exposed areas will have silicon applied completely over the metal portion of the terminal.

All lights and reflectors, required to comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard #108
, will
be furnished. Rear identification lights will be recessed mounted for protection. Lights and wiring mounted in the rear bulkheads will be protected from damage by installing a false bulkhead inside the rear compartments.

An operational test will be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order.

The results of the tests will be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery. 0079212
Batteries, (6) Exide Grp 31, 950 CCA
each, SAE Posts

BATTERY SYSTEM
Six (
6 )
12 volt, Exide, Model
31 A
950
X
1 W, group
31 batteries that include the following features
will be provided:
950
CCA, cold cranking amps
190
amp reserve capacity
High cycle
Rating of
5700
CCA at
0 degrees Fahrenheit
1140
minutes of reserve capacity
SAE Posts
Each battery case will be a black polypropylene material with a vertically ribbed container for increased vibration resistance. The cover will be manifold vented with a central venting location to allow a
45 degree tilt capacity.

The inside of each battery will consist of a "maintenance free" grid construction with poly wrapped separators and a flooded epoxy bottom anchoring for maximum vibration resistance. 0008621
Battery System, Single Start, All
Custom Chassis

BATTERY SYSTEM
There will be a single starting system with an ignition switch and starter button provided and located on the cab instrument panel.

MASTER BATTERY SWITCH
There will be a master battery switch provided within the cab within easy reach of the driver to activate the battery system.

An indicator light will be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the battery system.
34 884
Bid #:

0002698
Battery Compartment,
Saber/Enforcer

BATTERY COMPARTMENTS
Batteries will be placed on non-corrosive mats and stored in well ventilated compartments located under the cab.

Heavy-duty,
2/0
gauge, color coded battery cables will be provided. Battery terminal connections will be coated with anti-corrosion compound.

Battery solenoid terminal connections will be encapsulated with semi-permanent rubberized compound.

JUMPER STUDS
One (
1 ) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color-coded covers will be included on the battery compartments.
0531315
Charger, Sngl Sys, IOTA, DSL-75, 75
Amp, Kussmaul 091-94-12 Ind,
Qtm/Enf/SFR

BATTERY CHARGER
There will be an IOTA
™,
Model DSL
75 , battery charger with IQ
4 , controller provided.

The battery charger will be wired to the AC shoreline inlet through an AC receptacle adjacent to this battery charger.

There will be a Kussmaul
™,
Model
#091-94-12
, remote indicator included.
0012782
Location, Charger, Front Left Side
Body Compartment
The battery charger will be located in the left body compartment mounted on the left wall as high
as possible
.
0530949
Location, Bat Chrg Ind, Driver's Seat
Riser
The battery charger indicator will be located on the driver's seat riser. 0016857
Shoreline, 20A 120V, Kussmaul Auto
Eject, 091-55-20-120, Super

AUTO EJECT FOR SHORELINE
There will be
one (
1 )
Kussmaul
™,
Model
091-55-20-120
,
20 amp
120
volt AC shoreline inlet(s)
provided to operate the dedicated
120
volt AC circuits on the apparatus.

The shoreline inlet(s) will include
red
weatherproof flip up cover(s).

There will be a release solenoid wired to the vehicle's starter to eject the AC connector when the engine is starting.

The shoreline(s) will be connected to
Battery Charger, Electrical plug strips in Center Rear Facing EMS compartment in Crew Cab
.

There will be a mating connector body supplied with the loose equipment.

There will be a label installed near the inlet(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0026800
Shoreline Location

The shoreline receptacle will be located
on the driver side of cab, to the front of cab door
.
0567613
Trays, Battery Box, Roto-Molded Poly
w/Drains, Pair

BATTERY TRAYS
Formed fit heavy-duty roto-molded polyethylene battery trays with drain tubes will be provided for the batteries to sit in.
0754105
Alternator, 430 amp, Niehoff C681

ALTERNATOR
There will be a C.E. Niehoff, Model C
681
, alternator with integrated voltage regulator provided. It will have a rated output current of
430
amp as measured by SAE method J
56 . The alternator will
be connected to the power and ground distribution system with heavy-duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output.
0550970
Fan, 12v, Electrical Component
Cooling

ELECTRICAL COOLING FAN
There will be
one (
1 )

12 v electrical cooling fan to be located
serve the inverter/charger on the
right wall up high mount just above the louvers.
. The fan will vent the heat outward.

Fan to be wired to the battery switch.
35 884
Bid #:

0092582
Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX

ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGER
An electronic load management (ELM) system will be provided that monitors the vehicles 12 -volt
electrical system, automatically reducing the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition, and automatically restoring the shed electrical loads when a low voltage condition expires. This ensures the integrity of the electrical system.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load manager system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load management tasks. Load management systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

The system will include the following features:

System voltage monitoring.

A shed load will remain inactive for a minimum of five minutes to prevent the load from cycling on and off.

Sixteen available electronic load shedding levels.

Priority levels can be set for individual outputs.

High Idle
to activate before any electric loads are shed and deactivate with the service brake .

If enabled:
"Load Man Hi-Idle On" will display on the information center.

Hi-Idle will not activate until
30 seconds after engine start up.

Individual switch "on" indicator to flash when the particular load has been shed.

The information center indicates system voltage.

The information center, where applicable, includes a "Load Manager" screen indicating the following:

Load managed items list, with priority levels and item condition.

Individual load managed item condition:

ON = not shed
SHED = shed

SEQUENCER
A sequencer will be provided that automatically activates and deactivates vehicle loads in a preset sequence thereby protecting the alternator from power surges. This sequencer operation will allow a gradual increase or decrease in alternator output, rather than loading or dumping the entire
12 volt load to prolong the life of the alternator.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load sequencing system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load sequencing tasks. Load sequencing systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

Emergency light sequencing will operate in conjunction with the emergency master light switch.

When the emergency master switch is activated, the emergency lights will be activated one by one at half-second intervals. Sequenced emergency light switch indicators will flash while waiting for activation.

When the emergency master switch is deactivated, the sequencer will deactivate the warning light loads in the reverse order.

Sequencing of the following items will also occur, in conjunction with the ignition switch, at half- second intervals:

Cab Heater and Air Conditioning
Crew Cab Heater (if applicable)
Crew Cab Air Conditioning (if applicable)
Exhaust Fans (if applicable)
Third Evaporator (if applicable)
0783153
Headlights, Rect LED, JW Spkr Evo
2, AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel

HEADLIGHTS
There will be four (
4 ) JW Speaker®, Model
8800
,
4 " x
6 " rectangular LED lights mounted in the
front quad style, chrome housing on each side of the cab grille:
the outside light on each side will contain a part number 055
***
1 low beam module
the inside light on each side will contain a part number 055
***
1 high beam module
the
headlights to include chrome bezels
The low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch is on.

The high beam and low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch and the high beam switch is activated.
0802935
Light, Directional, Wln M62T* LED,
Cmn Bzl, Above Headlights, Sab/Enf

FRONT DIRECTIONALS
The front directional's will be Whelen®, Model M
62 T,

4.31 " high x

6.75 " wide x

1.37 " deep
directional lights with amber LEDs. The
lens color(s) to be clear
. The directional's will be housed
in the same common bezel as the front warning light and will be located above the headlights.

The
housing to be polished and the trim shall be chrome
.

The flash pattern of the directional lights will be
Steady On (Arrow)
.
0620054
Light, Directional/Marker,
Intermediate, Weldon 9186-8580-29
LED 2lts

INTERMEDIATE LIGHT
There will be two (
2 ) Weldon, Model
9186-8580-29
, amber LED turn signal marker lights
furnished, one (
1 ) each side, in the rear fender panel. The light will double as a turn signal and marker light.
36 884
Bid #:

0735474
Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Front,
P25 LED 7 Lts, Saber FR/Enforcer

CAB CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTS
There will be seven (
7 ) amber LED lights provided per the following:

Three (
3 ) amber LED identification lights will be installed in the center of the cab above the windshield.

Two (
2 ) amber LED clearance lights will be installed, one ( 1 ) on each outboard side of the cab
above the windshield as close to the outside of the apparatus as practical.

Two (
2 ) amber LED clearance lights will be installed, one ( 1 ) on each side of the cab as high and
far forward as practical.

The lights will be installed
without guards
.
0647899
Lights, Directional/Marker, Cab Front
Side, Weldon 9186-8580-29 LED,
Sab/Enf

FRONT CAB SIDE DIRECTIONAL/MARKER LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Weldon, Model
9186-8580-29
, amber LED lights installed front of the cab
door, one (
1 ) on each side of the cab.

The lights will activate as marker lights with the headlight switch and directional lights with the corresponding directional circuit.
0511569
Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear,
P25 LED 7Lts

REAR CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTING
There will be three (
3 ) LED identification lights located at the rear installed per the following:

As close as practical to the vertical centerline
Centers spaced not less than

6.00 " or more than

12.00 " apart
Red in color
All at the same height
There will be two (
2 ) LED lights installed at the rear of the apparatus used as clearance lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:

To indicate the overall width of the vehicle
One (
1 ) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the rear
All at the same height
There will be two (
2 ) LED lights installed on the side of the apparatus used as marker lights as close to the rear as practical per the following:

To indicate the overall length of the vehicle
One (
1 ) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the side
All at the same height
The lights will be mounted
with an aluminum guard
.

There will be two (
2 ) red reflectors located on the rear of the truck facing to the rear. One ( 1 ) each
side, as far to the outside as practical, at a minimum of

15.00 ", but no more than

60.00 ", above
the ground.

There will be two (
2 ) red reflectors located on the side of the truck facing to the side. One ( 1 )
each side, as far to the rear as practical, at a minimum of

15.00 ", but no more than

60.00 ", above
the ground.

Per FMVSS
108
and CMVSS
108
requirements.
0602938
Light, Marker End Outline, Rubber
Arm, LED Marker Lamp, Rear Body

MARKER LIGHTS
There will be
one (
1 ) pair
of amber and red LED marker lights with rubber arm, located at the rear most lower corner of the body. The amber lens will face the front and the red lens will face the rear of the truck.

These lights will be activated with the running lights of the vehicle. 0804519
Lights, Tail, Wln M62BTT* Red
Stop/Tail & M62T* Amber Dir Arw

REAR FMVSS LIGHTING
The rear stop/tail and directional lighting will include the following:

Two (
2 ) Whelen®, Model M
62 BTT,

4.30 " high x

6.70 " wide x

1.40 " deep brake/tail lights with red
LEDs
Two (
2 ) Whelen, Model M
62 T,

4.30 " high x

6.70 " wide x

1.40 " deep directional lights with amber
LEDs. The directional lights will be set to
Steady On (Arrow)
flash pattern.

The
lens color(s) to be the same as the LEDs
.

The lights to include
chrome trim
.
0805618
Lights, Backup, Wln M62BU

There will be two (2) Whelen® Model M62BU, 4.31" high x 6.75" wide x 1.37" deep backup lights with white LEDs, clear lenses and
chrome trim
provided.
0664481
Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25
LED

LICENSE PLATE BRACKET
There will be one (
1 ) license plate bracket mounted on the rear of the body.

A white LED light will illuminate the license plate. A stainless steel light shield will be provided over the light that will direct illumination downward, preventing white light to the rear. 0589905
Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO
1040

BACK-UP ALARM
A PRECO, Model
1040
, solid-state electronic audible back-up alarm that actuates when the truck is shifted into reverse will be provided. The device will sound at 60 pulses per minute and
automatically adjust its volume to maintain a minimum ten ( 10 ) dBA above surrounding
environmental noise levels.
37 884
Bid #:

0568142
Switch, Spare In Cab

There will be
three (3)
spare switch(es) located
One (1) - position 6 in switch assembly 12 as a
power switch for the modem One (1) - Mounted external on the inboard side of the cabinet as high and forward (towards roll up door) as possible of DS rear facing EMS cabinet for cabinet lighting. One (1
with an internal indicator light installed in the switch panel for future use. 0769420
Lights, Perimeter Cab, Amdor AY-LB-
12HW020 LED 4Dr

CAB PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be four (
4 ) Amdor, Model AY-LB-
12 HW
020
,
350
lumens each,

20.00 " white LED strip
lights provided, one (
1 ) for each cab door.

These lights will be activated automatically when the battery switch is on and the exit doors are opened or by the same means as the body perimeter scene lights. 0768765
Lights, Perimeter Body, Amdor AY-
LB-12HW020 LED 2lts, Turntable
Access

BODY PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Amdor, Model AY-LB-
12 HW
020
,
350
lumens,

20.00 " long, with white LED's,
12 volt lights provided.

The lights will be mounted in the following locations:

One (
1 ) light under the driver's side turntable access steps One (
1 ) light under the passenger's side turntable access steps The perimeter scene lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and a switch within
reach of the driver is activated and the parking brake is applied .
0742414
SP
Lights, Perimeter, Amdor AY-LB-
12HW012 12", Brkt Cnt Fet

ADDITIONAL PERIMETER LIGHTS
There will be
four (
4 )
Amdor® Model AY-LB-
12 HW
012
,
190
lumens,

12.00 " long light(s) with
white LEDs and
45 degree aluminum brackets installed,
one (
1 ) light under the rear tailboard, one
(
1 ) light under compartment P
4 , one (
1 ) light under compartment D
6 and one (
1 ) light under
compartment P
6 .

The lights will be activated
a switch within reach of the driver is activated and the parking brake is applied and the headlight switch is activated
.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0896454
Enhanced Software for Perimeter Lts

ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR PERIMETER LIGHTS
All perimeter lights and scene lights will be deactivated when the parking brake is released.

The cab and crew cab perimeter lights will dim after
10 seconds or immediately if the vehicle's
transmission is put into gear.
0698585
Lights, Side Scene, Wln M9LZC
Gradient LED, 2nd,

SCENE LIGHTS
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen, Model M
9 LZC LED scene light(s) with chrome flange(s) installed on the side of the apparatus,
PS Crew Cab, Over EMS Compt Access
.

A control for the light(s) selected above will be the following:
a switch at the driver's side switch panel
a switch at the passenger's side switch panel
no additional switch location
no additional switch location
These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0698589
Lights, Side Scene, Wln M9LZC
Gradient LED, 1st

SIDE SCENE LIGHTS
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen®, Model M
9 LZC, LED scene light(s) with Model M
9 FC, chrome
flange(s) installed on the side of the apparatus,
one (
1 ) over the driver's side EMS access door
.

A control for the light(s) selected above will be the following:
a switch at the driver's side switch panel
no additional switch location
a switch at the passenger's side switch panel
no additional switch location
These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0685635
Bracket, Alum. Painted, 12V Surface
Mounted Flood Lights, Top of Body
Comp, Each
12 VOLT LIGHT BRACKET
There will be
two (
2 )
painted smooth aluminum bracket(s) installed
One (
1 ) - Above LS
2 as far
forward towards LS
3 as possible One (
1 ) - Above RS
2 as far forward towards RS
3 as possible
for
the surface mounted flood light. The bracket(s) will have all wiring totally enclosed. 0776075
Light, Visor, Wln, 12V P*H1* Pioneer
LED 1st
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen® Model P*H
1 *,
8,875
lumens
12 volt DC LED light(s)
with flood
optics
provided on the front visor,
centered
.

The housing(s)
painted parts of this light assembly to be white
.

The light(s) will be controlled
by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel
.

These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 38 884
Bid #:

0763608
Lights, Wln, PCPSM2*, Pioneer, 12
VDC, 2nd
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen® Model PCPSM
2 *,
16,000
lumens
12 volt DC surface mount light
(s) installed on the body of the apparatus located,
Above RS
2 , forward as much as possible
towards RS
3 , mounted in Bracket (Option #
685635
)
.

The light(s) will include housing(s)
with a chrome cover
.

The light(s) will be controlled
by the same control that has been selected for the passenger's side scene light(s)
.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0763610
Lights, Wln, PCPSM2*, Pioneer, 12
VDC, 1st
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen® Model PCPSM
2 *,
16,000
lumens
12 volt DC surface mount light
(s) installed on the body of the apparatus located,
Above LS
2 , forward as much as possible
towards LS
3 , mounted in Bracket (Option #
685635
)
.

The light(s) will include housing(s)
with a chrome cover
.

The light(s) will be controlled
by the same control that has been selected for the driver's side scene light(s)
.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0672327
Lights, Deck, Wln (2) MPBW Micro
Pioneer LED Rear Flood Lights

DECK LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen®, Model MPBW, white
12 volt DC LED floodlights with stud bail
mount provided at the rear of the hose bed, one (
1 ) each side.

The lights will be activated by a
control from a switch at the rear of the truck and a switch located at the driver side switch panel
.
0645632
Lights, Not Required, Hose Bed,
Rescue/Tanker/Aerial/Encore/Mini,
No Hose Bed
0645681
Lights, Not Required, Rear Work,
Deck Lights At Rear
0645683
Lights, Rear Scene, Wln, M9LZC
LED

REAR SCENE LIGHT(S)
There will be
two (
2 )
Whelen®, Model M
9 LZC, LED scene light(s) with chrome trim bezel(s)
installed at the rear of the apparatus,
one (
1 ) each side high on rear body bulkhead
.

The light(s) will be controlled
by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel and by a cup switch at the driver's side rear bulkhead .

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0763248
Lights, Walk Surf, Amdor AY-LB-
12HW0**, LED, Cargo Areas

WALKING SURFACE LIGHTS
There will be
Two (
2 )
Amdor®, Model AY-LB-
12 HW
0 **, white
12 volt DC LED strip light(s)
provided in the cargo area(s) to illuminate the interior surface of the cargo area(s). Light(s) will be TBD at pre-construction
.

The light will be activated when the body step lights are on. 0086038
Switch(es), 12VDC, 30Amp Connect
to Fill in Blank

SWITCH, ADDITIONAL
Additional
12 V switch(es) will be provided. There will be
one (
1 ) switch
located
On the drivers
side switch panel and matching Job #
33716
and in location
#10
(Slot
#6
)
to control
Battery direct
switch in the power source run to the area on the back wall of the EMS cabinet just behind the officers seat and configured as a momentary switch the momentarily interrupts power. ( Match Job #
33716
)
.
0010143
Aerial, HD Ladder 105', No Pump,
Alum Body
0554269
Body Skirt Height, 18"

0553847
Not Required, Restraint, No Water
Tank, Aerial/Rescue w/ Water Tank,
Export
0073475
Cargo Area, Alum, IPO Hose Bed,
Ascend TA, PAL

CARGO AREA
The cargo area will be fabricated of .
125
"
5052
aluminum with a tensile strength range of
31,000

to
38,000
psi.

The sides will not form any portion of the fender compartments.

The upper and rear edges of the side panels will have a double break for rigidity.

The cargo area will be located ahead of the ladder turntable.

Flooring of the cargo area will be aluminum treadplate. 0723547
Painted Hose Bed/Cargo Area

The hose bed/cargo area interior will be painted
to match the lower body color
.
39 884
Bid #:

0897832
SP
T/T Steps, Angled, w/Lift Bar Latch,
LS/RS, Ascend TA, 105', 100' PAP

TURNTABLE ACCESS LADDER
Access to the turntable from the left side and right side will be provided just behind the compartmentation.

Access will consist of a pull-out, swing-down "pool" style climbing ladder attached to the rear panel. The access ladder will be recessed into the angled corners of the rear body. The

2.25 "
deep climbing ladder surfaces will be constructed with Traction Tread®. The bottom step will be a flip-down, stirrup step.

All steps will have a height not greater than

14.00 " from top surface to top surface.

The bottom step height will not exceed

24.00 " from the ground to the top surface of the step at any time.

The stepwell will be lined with bright aluminum treadplate to act as scuffplates.

The steps will be connected to the "Do Not Move Truck" indicator. 0892656
Lights, Step (6), P25 LED, Each Side

STEP LIGHTS
There will be three (
3 ) white LED step lights with
chrome housing
provided for each set of aerial
turntable access steps.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles
(fc) covering an entire
15 " x
15 " square placed ten (
10 ) inches below the light and a minimum of

1.5 fc covering an entire
30 " x
30 " square at the same ten (
10 ) inch distance below the light.

The step lights will be activated
when the parking brake is applied
.
0690023
Wall, Rear, Smooth Aluminum

SMOOTH ALUMINUM REAR WALL
The rear wall will be smooth aluminum.
0029503
Tow Eyes (2), Painted, Aerial

TOW EYES
Two (
2 ) rear painted tow eyes will be located at the rear of the apparatus and will be mounted directly to the torque box. The inner and outer edges of the tow eyes will be radiused. 0784151
Rear Substructure, Special Width,
Angled Turntable Steps, Ascend TA,

PAL,PAP

REAR SUBSTRUCTURE WIDTH
The rear substructure will be a special width of approximately

72.50 " wide. This will allow for
specially designed aerial turntable steps that are angled. 0013641
Construction, Compt, Alum,
Ascendant Tandem, PAL

COMPARTMENTATION
Compartmentation will be fabricated of

0.125
"
5052
aluminum. The side compartments are an
integral assembly with the rear fenders. Fully enclosed rear wheel housings will be provided to prevent rust pockets and for ease of maintenance. Due to the severe loading requirements of this aerial, a method of compartment body support suitable for the intended load will be provided.

The backbone of the support system will be the chassis frame rail, which is the strongest component of the chassis and is designed for sustaining maximum loads.

A support system will be used which will incorporate a floating substructure by using Neoprene Elastomer isolators to allow the body to remain rigid while the chassis goes through its natural flex. The isolators will have a broad range of proven viability in vehicular applications, be of a fail safe design, and allow for all necessary movement in three ( 3 ) transitional and rotational modes.

This will result in a
500
lb equipment rating for each lower compartment of the body.

The compartmentation in front of the rear axle will include a

3.00 " steel support assemblies which
are bolted to the chassis frame rails. A steel framework will be mounted to the body above these support assemblies connected to the support assemblies with isolators. There will be one ( 1 )
support assembly mounted to each chassis frame rail.

The compartmentation behind the rear axle will include

3.00 " steel support assemblies which are
bolted to the chassis frame rails and extend underneath to the outside edge of the body. The support assembly will be coated to isolate the dissimilar metals before it is bolted to the body.

There will be one (
1 ) support assembly mounted to each chassis frame rail.

Compartment flooring will be of the sweep out design with the floor higher than the compartment door lip. The compartment door openings are framed by flanging the edges in

1.75 " and bending
out again

0.75 " to form an angle. Drip protection is provided over all door openings by means of bright aluminum extrusion or formed bright aluminum treadplate. Side compartment tops will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate with a

1.00 " rolled over edge on the front, rear and
outward side. The covers are fabricated in one (
1 ) piece and have the corners welded. A bright
aluminum treadplate cover will be provided on the front wall of each side compartment. All screws and bolts which protrude into a compartment will have acorn nuts at the ends to prevent injury.

The body design has been fully tested. Proven engineering and test techniques such as finite element analysis, model analysis, stress coating and strain gauging have been performed with special attention given to fatigue life and structural integrity of the compartment body and substructure.

AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE
All exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas will comply with the required average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards.

LOUVERS
All body compartments will have a minimum of one (
1 ) set of louvers stamped into a wall to
provide the proper airflow inside the compartment and to prevent water from dripping into the compartment. These louvers will be formed into the metal and not added to the compartment as a separate plate.
40 884
Bid #:

0776243
SP
Compt w/No Pump, 60" Wide
w/Rollup Door, Height to Match Flat
Roof Cab

COMPARTMENT IN PLACE OF PUMP
A roll-up door compartment will be installed in place of the pump and pump panel.

The compartment will be approximately

54.25 " wide x

24.50 " deep in the lower area and
transversed in the top portion of the compartment. The height of this compartment will match the flat roof section of the cab.

The door opening will be approximately

51.25 " wide.

The forward wall will be notched for the boom support.

The transverse portion of the compartment will vary depending on chassis and engine combination.
0753203
SP
Compt,LS F/H F/D,Roll,11.50"
Raised,Reel,Device
Blister,AscendTA,105/100HAL

LEFT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
A full height roll-up door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be

41.75 " wide x

75.50 " high
x

24.25 " deep inside with a clear door opening of

38.75 " wide x

67.88 " high.

One (
1 ) roll-up door compartment above the fender compartments and over the rear axles will be provided. The compartment will be

72.13 " wide x

44.75 " high x

24.25 " deep inside with an
approximate clear door opening of

63.75 " wide x

37.00 " high. There will be a blister provided in
the right rear corner of this compartment to allow clearance for the aerial device.

A compartment will be located above the front stabilizer. The compartment will be approximately

18.00 " wide x

34.50 " high x

24.25 " deep with a door opening of approximately

12.00 " wide x

27.25 " high. The compartment will have an aluminum treadplate cover with access to the top of the cord reel and will be extended above the catwalk to accommodate the reel. A single pan polished stainless steel
door with pneumatic cylinders for payout of the cord will be provided on the side of the apparatus. The door will be hinged
on the top
and include a
flush lift and turn latch
.

The three (
3 ) sides of the door opening will have stainless steel scuffplates. 0754395
Compt, LS Turntable, F/H F/D, Roll &
Lift,w/Angled T/T Access,Ascend
TA,105',LSL
A full height roll-up door compartment behind the rear wheels will be

43.75 " wide x

49.25 " high x

21.25 " deep. The clear door opening will be

40.75 " wide x

41.62 " high.

One (
1 ) lift-up door compartment below the turntable will be provided. The compartment will be

39.38 " wide x

18.38 " high x

21.25 " deep inside with a door opening of

35.00 " wide x

14.88 " high.
0023672
Compt, IPO Stairs, Not Required, LS

0737176
SP
Compt, RS F/H F/D, Roll Drs, 11.50"
Raised, Device Notch, Ascend
TA,105/100 HAL

RIGHT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
A full height roll-up door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be

41.75 " wide x

75.50 " high
x

24.25 " deep with a door opening of

38.75 " wide x

67.88 " high.

One (
1 ) roll-up door compartment will be provided above the fender compartments and over the rear axles. The compartment will be

72.13 " wide x

44.75 " high x

24.25 " deep inside with a door
opening of

63.75 " wide x

37.00 " high. There will be a notch in the upper, rear corner of this compartment to accommodate the aerial device.

A compartment with a single pan
polished stainless steel
door shall be located above the front
stabilizer. The door will be hinged
on the rear body side
with a
flush lift and turn latch
. The
compartment will be approximately

18.00 " wide x

34.50 " high x

24.25 " deep with a door opening
of approximately

12.00 " wide x

27.25 " high.
0734275
Compt, RS Turntable, F/H F/D, Roll &
Lift,Angled T/T Access,Ascend
TA,105',LSL
A full height roll-up door compartment behind the rear wheels will be

43.75 " wide x

49.25 " high x

21.25 " deep. The clear door opening will be

40.75 " wide x

41.62 " high.

One (
1 ) lift-up door compartment below the turntable will be provided. The compartment will be

39.38 " wide x

18.38 " high x

21.25 " deep inside with a door opening of

35.00 " wide x

14.88 " high.
0023673
Compt, IPO Stairs, Not Required, RS

41 884
Bid #:

0601969
Doors, Gortite Rollup/Lap, Aluminum,
Side Compartments,
105'HDL/Ascendant Tandem

SIDE COMPARTMENT ROLLUP DOORS
There will be
eight (
8 ) compartment doors
installed on the side compartments. The Gortite doors
will be double faced aluminum construction and
painted one (
1 ) color to match the lower portion
of the body
.

Lath sections will be an interlocking rib design and will be individually replaceable without complete disassembly of door.

Between each slat at the pivoting joint will be a PVC inner seal to prevent metal to metal contact and prevent dirt or moisture from entering the compartments. Seals will allow door to operate in extreme temperatures ranging from plus
180
to minus
40 degrees Fahrenheit. Side, top and
bottom seals will be provided to resist ingress of dirt and weather and be made of Santoprene.

All hinges, barrel clips and end pieces will be nylon
66 . All nylon components will withstand
temperatures from plus
300
to minus
40 degrees Fahrenheit.

A polished stainless steel lift bar with locking key latches to be provided for each roll-up door. The keys to be Model
751
to match all compartment and cab doors
. Lift bar will be located at the
bottom of door and have latches on the outer extrusion of the doors frame. A ledge will be supplied over lift bar for additional area to aid in closing the door.

Doors will be constructed from an aluminum box section. The exterior surface of each slat will be flat. The interior surfaces will be concave to provide strength and prevent loose equipment from jamming the door from inside.

To conserve space in the compartments, the spring roller assembly will not exceed

3.00 " in
diameter.

The header for the rollup door assembly will not exceed

4.00 ".

A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights.

SIDE COMPARTMENT LAP DOORS
All hinged compartment doors will be lap style with double panel construction and fabricated of

0.09 "
5052
H
32 aluminum. Doors will be a minimum of

1.50 " thick. To provide additional door
strength, a "C" section reinforcement will be installed between the outer and interior panels.

Doors will be provided with a closed cell rubber gasket around the surface that laps onto the body. A second heavy-duty automotive rubber molding with a hollow core will be installed on the door framing that seals onto the interior panel, to ensure a weather resisting compartment.

All compartment doors will have polished stainless steel continuous hinge with a pin diameter of

0.25 ", that is bolted or screwed on with stainless steel fasteners. A dielectric substance will be applied to each hinge fastener.

All door lock mechanisms will be fully enclosed within the door panels to prevent fouling of the lock in the event equipment inside shifts into the lock area.

Doors will be latched with recessed, polished stainless steel D-ring handles and Eberhard 106

locks.

To prevent corrosion caused by dissimilar metals, compartment door handles will not be attached to outer door panel with screws. A rubber gasket will be provided between the D-ring handle and the door.
0556162
Not Req'd, Compt Blister in Front of
Rear Axle
0759580
Bumper,Rear,5" Trdplt Cover,Angled
Corners,w/Angled T/T Steps,Ascend

TA,PAP,PAL

REAR BUMPER
A

5.00 " rear bumper will be furnished. Bumper will be constructed of steel framework and will be covered with polished aluminum treadplate. The bumper will be

4.00 " deep x

5.00 " high and will
be spaced away from the body approximately

1.00 ". It will extend the full width of the body,
approximately

72.50 " wide due to specially angled turntable access steps. Each outside corner of the bumper will be angled to match the angle of the angled turntable steps. 0603711
Guard, Drip Pan, S/S, Rollup Door,
Aerial

DOOR GUARD
There will be
eight (
8 ) compartment doors
that will include a guard/drip pan designed to protect
the rollup door from damage when in the retracted position and contain any water spray. The guard will be fabricated from stainless steel and installed on the left side rearward compartment,
left side forward over the wheel compartment, left side forward compartment, left side forward compartment, right side rearward compartment, right side forward over the wheel compartment, right side forward compartment and right side forward compartment .
0659353
Lights, Compt, Amdor AY-9220 LED,
Dual Lt Strip

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
There will be
ten (
10 )
compartments with Amdor, Model AY-
9220
, white
12 volt DC LED
compartment light strips. The lights will be mounted with mechanical fasteners.

There will be two (
2 ) strip lights installed vertically in each compartment opening per the latest NFPA requirements.

The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the respective compartment door is opened.
0603420
Shelf Tracks, Painted, Aerial

MOUNTING TRACKS
There will be
ten (
10 ) sets of tracks
for mounting shelf(s) in
LS
1 , LS
2 , LS
3 , LS
4 , LS
6 , RS
1 , RS
2 ,
RS
3 , RS
4 and RS
6 . These tracks will be installed vertically to support the adjustable shelf(s), and will be full height of the compartment. The tracks will be painted to match the compartment interior.
42 884
Bid #:

0618184
SP
Shelves, Fixed, Low/Special Side
Height
FIXED

SHELVES
There will be
one (
1 ) shelf
provided
LS
1 - At the top of the divider and spanning the width
between the divider and the forward wall. (Please Match Job # 31538
)
. The shelf construction will
consist of .
188
" aluminum
painted spatter gray
. A capacity rating will not be available on this tray
due to a reduced side height being less than

2.00 ". Each shelf will be fixed in its location in the compartment.

The shelves will be held in place by .
12 " thick stamped plated brackets and bolts.

The side height of the shelf/shelves will be as follows:

Front:
no lip
Rear:

2.00 " high
Left & Right Sides:

2.00 " high
0600289
Shelves, Adj, 500 lb Capacity, Full
Width/Depth, Predefined Locations,
Aerial

ADJUSTABLE SHELVES
There will be
14 shelves
with a capacity of
500
lb provided.

The shelf construction will consist of .
188
" aluminum
painted spatter gray
with

2.00 " sides.

Each shelf will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track.

The shelves will be held in place by .
12 " thick stamped plated brackets and bolts.

The location(s) will be
in RS
1 at the transition point, in RS
4 at the transition point, in RS
3 centered between the floor and the ceiling, in RS
4 in the lower third, in RS
6 in the lower third, in
RS
6 in the upper third, in RS
1 in the upper third, in LS
2 centered between the floor and ceiling, in
LS
3 centered between the floor and ceiling, in LS
6 in the lower third, in LS
6 in the upper third, in
LS
4 in the upper third, in LS
1 in the upper third and in LS
4 at the depth transition point
.
0589413
Tray, 250 lb Slide-out, 2" Sides - Adj.

Height, Max Width/Depth

SLIDE-OUT ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT TRAY
There will be
six (
6 ) slide-out trays
provided.

Each tray will have

2.00 " high sides and a minimum capacity rating of
250
lb in the extended
position.

Each tray will be designed to be as wide and as deep as the compartment space will allow. painted spatter gray
Each tray will be mounted on a pair of side mounted slides. The slide mechanisms will have ball bearings for ease of operation and years of dependable service. The slides will be mounted to shelf tracks to allow the tray to be adjustable up and down within the designated mounting location.

An automatic lock will be provided for both the in and out tray positions. The lock trip mechanism will be located at the front of the tray and will be easily operated with a gloved hand.

The tray(s) will be located
Two (
2 ) in RS
1 - One (
1 ) in upper third and One (
1 ) in middle third.

Two (
2 ) in RS
4 - One (
1 ) just above transition and One (
1 ) centered Two (
2 ) in LS
4 - One (
1 )
above Transition and One (
1 ) Centered
.
0797455
SP
Tray, 215 lb, Tilt/Slide-Out, 30 Deg,
Adj, Max Width, 1/2 Trans

SLIDE-OUT/TILT-DOWN TRAY
There will be
two (
2 ) slide-out trays
provided.

The bottom of each tray will constructed of

0.188
" thick aluminum while special aluminum
extrusions will be utilized for the tray sides, ends, and tracks. The corners will be welded to form a rigid unit.

The tray will be half depth of the transverse compartment and be maximum width for each compartment.

A spring loaded lock will be provided on each side at the front of the tray. Releasing the locks will allow the tray to slide out approximately two-thirds (
2/3
) of its length from the stowed position and
tip
30 degrees down from horizontal. The tray will be equipped with ball bearing rollers for smooth operation.

Rubber padded stops will be provided for the tray in the extended position.

The capacity rating of the tray will be a minimum of
215
lb in the extended position.

The vertical position of the tray within the compartment will be adjustable.

The tray(s) will be located
One (
1 ) LS
3 One (
1 ) RS
3 .
0709692
Tray, 215 lb, Tilt/Slide-Out, 30 Deg,
Adj, Predefined Locations

SLIDE-OUT/TILT-DOWN TRAY
There will be
four (
4 ) slide-out trays
provided.

The bottom of each tray will be constructed of

0.188
" thick aluminum
painted spatter gray
while
special aluminum extrusions will be utilized for the tray sides, ends, and tracks. The corners will be welded to form a rigid unit.

Rubber padded stops will be provided for the tray in the extended position.

The capacity rating of the tray will be a minimum of
215
lb in the extended position.

The vertical position of the tray within the compartment will be adjustable.

The location(s) will be
in RS
4 centered between the floor and the ceiling, in RS
4 in the upper
third, in LS
4 centered between the floor and ceiling and in LS
4 in the upper third
.
43 884
Bid #:

0729979
SP
Tray, Floor Mounted, Slide-Out,
Special Size, 500lb, 2.00" Sides, 2G

SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be
three (
3 )
floor mounted slide-out tray(s) with

2.00 " sides provided
LS
1 . Each tray will
be rated for up to
500
lb in the extended position. The tray(s) will be constructed of a minimum .
13 " aluminum. The finish will be
painted spatter gray
.

The trays will be sized
One (
1 ) tray mounted on floor of compartment rearward of divider and be full depth and full width. Two (
2 ) Trays mounted on top of fixed shelf within compartment and each tray should be half the width of fixed tray so that both trays will equal width of .

There will be two undermount-roller bearing type slides rated at 250
lb each provided. The pair of
slides will have a safety factor rating of
2 .

To ensure years of dependable service, the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of
1,000
hours of salt spray per ASTM B
117
.

To ensure years of easy operation, the slides will require no more than a 50 lb force for push-in or
pull-out movement when fully loaded after having been subjected to a 40 hour vibration (shaker)
test under full load. The vibration drive file will have been generated from accelerometer data collected from a heavy truck chassis driven over rough gravel roads in an unloaded condition.

Proof of compliance will be provided upon request.

Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. 0647472
Tray, Floor Mounted, Slide-Out, w/
Side Slides, FW/FD, 500lb, 2.00"
Sides, 2G

SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be
three (
3 )
floor mounted slide-out tray(s) with

2.00 " sides provided
One (
1 ) RS
1 , One
(
1 ) RS
4 and One (
1 ) in LS
1 between divider and forward wall of compartment matching Job # 31538
.
. Each tray will be rated for up to
500
lb in the extended position. The tray(s) will be
constructed of a minimum .
13 " aluminum. The finish will be
painted spatter gray
.

The tray(s) will be designed for maximum compartment width and depth.

Slides will be equipped with ball bearings for ease of operation and years of dependable service.

The slides will be located on the sides of the tray so that the tray can be located as close to the compartment floor as possible.

Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. 0627885
Tray, Floor Mounted, Slide-Out,
Low/Special Side Height, 2G

SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be
one (
1 )
floor mounted slide-out tray(s) provided
LS
4 . A capacity rating will not be
available on this tray due to a reduced side height being less than

2.00 ". The tray(s) will be
constructed of a minimum .
13 " aluminum with welded corners. The finish will be
painted to match
compartment interior
.

The side height of the tray(s) will be as follows:

Front:
no lip
Rear:

2.00 " high
Left and Right Sides:

2.00 " high
There will be two undermount-roller bearing type slides rated at 250
lb each provided. The pair of
slides will have a safety factor rating of
2 .

To ensure years of dependable service, the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of
1,000
hours of salt spray per ASTM B
117
.

Proof of compliance will be provided upon request.

Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. 0725647
Cabinet, Drawer Assembly, CTECH,
Two Drawers, Up To 36" Wide

DRAWER ASSEMBLY
A slide-out drawer assembly will be installed
2 (two) RS
6 - mounted to use full width of lower
compartment between top of frame rail and compartment floor. 2 (two) LS
6 - mounted to use full
width of lower compartment between top of frame rail and compartment floor. .

The clear dimensions of the first drawer starting at the top will be

7.00 " with a face plate that is

8.00 "
high x

21.00 " deep. The clear dimensions of the second drawer will be

7.75 " with a face
plate that is

8.00 "
high x

21.00 " deep. Each drawer will be the same width and not exceed

36.00 ".

The drawers will have a capacity of
250
pounds.

The drawers will be mounted in a cabinet housing constructed of light gray powder coated aluminum with anodized aluminum frames. The housing will be

24.00 " deep, and completely
enclose the drawer.

A full-length aluminum extruded rail will be provided at the top edge of each drawer. This rail will act as the latching mechanism as well as the handle for each drawer.

There will be a total of
four (
4 )
provided.
0590939
Toolboard, Alum, .188", Peg Board,
Added to Slide-Out Tray

TOOL BOARD
An aluminum tool board will be provided.

It will be a minimum of .
188
" thick with
.
203
" diameter
diameter holes in a pegboard pattern with

1.00 " centers between holes.

1.00 " x

1.00 " aluminum tube frame will be welded to the edge of the board.

The board will be installed on adjustable tracks on a slide out tray. The tracks will allow side to side adjustment. The board will be as high as space permits and full length of the tray. The tray is not included in this option.

There will be
Three (
3 )
toolboard(s) provided. The toolboard(s) will be
spatter gray painted
and
installed
LS
1 , One (
1 ) per each slide out tray
.
44 884
Bid #:

0756724
SP
Toolboard, Slide-out, 2-Way, Alum,
.188", Peg Board, w/Tray,Top
Guide,Full Trans

TRANSVERSE TWO (
2 ) WAY SLIDE-OUT TOOLBOARD
An aluminum toolboard will be provided for use in a transverse side body compartment. The toolboard will be constructed of

0.19 " thick aluminum that is
painted spatter gray to match
compartment interior
. The toolboard will be provided with

0.20 " diameter holes in a pegboard
pattern with

1.00 " centers between holes. A

1.00 " x

1.00 " aluminum tube frame will be welded to
the edge of the pegboard.

The toolboard will span the full depth of the transverse compartment and will be designed to be as tall as possible to fit in the specified mounting location.

The toolboard will be mounted inside a

6.00 " wide x

3.00 " high, utility style slide-out tray. The
bottom of the tray will be constructed of

0.19 " thick aluminum while special aluminum extrusions will be utilized for the tray sides, ends and tracks. The corners will be welded.

The tray will be supported with a minimum of six (
6 ) ball bearing rollers. The toolboard and tray
will slide out two thirds (
2/3
) of its length to either side of the apparatus. Positive locks will be provided for toolboard in both the stowed and extended positions.

A U-shaped guide with poly lining will be provided above the toolboard.

Additionally, the toolboard and tray assembly will be mounted on shelf type tracks to allow for side to side adjustment within the compartment.

The toolboard will be rated for a maximum of
500
lb in the extended position.

A total of
Three (
3 )
toolboard(s) will be provided. The toolboard(s) will be located LS
6 /RS
6 .
0013909
Compt, Transverse Over Torque Box,

PAL/PAP

TRANSVERSE COMPARTMENT OVER TORQUE BOX
one (
1 )
upper forward body compartments will be transverse over the torque box, to the opposite side of the body. The transverse area will be as large as possible. The LS
3 /RS
3 will include this
transverse option.
0762913
Divider, Vertical

VERTICAL DIVIDER
A .
12 " thick aluminum vertical compartment divider will be provided One (
1 ) in LS
1 , as high as the
deeper portion of the compartment only and
26 " rearward from the forward wall. (Please Match
Job
31538
)
. The divider will be secured in place with
#10
self tapping screws.

A total of
one (
1 )
will be provided.
0003934
Dust Filter, Compt Louvers

COMPARTMENT DUST FILTERS
A total of
eight (
8 )
body compartment louvers will have a removable dust filter installed to restrict road dirt from easily entering the compartment and will be installed each side body compartment
.
0660727
Louvers, Non-Standard Location, Per
Compt

COMPARTMENT LOUVER, NON-STANDARD LOCATION
The louver(s) located in the
.DOL
compartments will be provided
installed on the right hand wall
of the stabilizer compartment
. The quantity of louvers with non-standard locations is one (
1 )
.
0896046
SP
Rack, Equipment Storage, Plywood,
Lumber, Transverse Compt

EQUIPMENT STORAGE RACK
A vertical rack for storage of plywood and lumber will be provided Transverse in RS
6 /LS
6 as tight
as possible to the rear wall.
. Access will be from the
left and right
side of the apparatus. The rack
will allow for a

2.00 " clear opening width for plywood and a

5.00 " clear opening width for lumber
storage. The lumber storage will consist of three (
3 ) vertically oriented slots, all equal height. The
overall height of the rack will be as tall as possible for the location selected and full depth of the compartment. The plywood will be stored towards the forward of apparatus and the lumber will be stored towards the rear of the apparatus.

The rack will be fabricated of .
125
" aluminum, and will be finished to match the compartment interior.
0755638
Pegboard, Back Wall Mounted, 3/16"
Alum, Full Height Compt

PEGBOARD
There will be

0.188
" thick aluminum pegboard
spatter gray painted
will be installed on the back
wall of
seven (
7 )
compartments. It will be mounted using two (
2 ) horizontal tracks. Retainers will
be used to mount the pegboard to the tracks. The pegboard will be installed on the back wall. The holes will be
.
203
" diameter
, punched

1.00 " on center. Pegboard will be provided in the following compartments:

LS
1 , LS
2 , LS
3 , RS
1 , RS
2 , RS
3 and RS
4 .
0027096
Rack, Air Bags Inside Compt, Each

AIR BAG STORAGE
There will be a rack installed for storing
13 air bag(s) in the
LS
3 compartment.

The rack will be fabricated from .
125
" aluminum,
DA finished
. Air bag size(s) will be
TBD
.
0796216
Floor Extension, Compartment, 1.00"
Downturned Lip

FLOOR EXTENSION
There will be a compartment floor extension provided. The floor extension will extend from the area over the frame rails to within an inch of the compartment door. The floor extension will have a

1.00 " vertical downturned lip and no return flange.

A total of
two (
2 )
will be provided and located
One (
1 ) LS
6 One (
1 ) RS
6 .
45 884
Bid #:

0629210
SP
Channel, Upper Toolboard
Support/Guide, Single, With Adj
Track

TOOLBOARD SUPPORT CHANNEL
There will be
three (
3 )
support channel provided in compartment
Three (
3 ) - LS
1 . The support
channel will capture the upper portion of the toolboard(s), preventing excessive movement, yet allow the toolboard to slide-out as intended.

The support channel(s) will be mounted on aluminum track allowing the support channel to be adjustable front to back for toolboard placement. The support channel will run from side to side in the compartment and be located between the rollup door guards. 0004016
Rub Rail, Aluminum Extruded, Side
of Body

RUB RAIL
Bottom edge of the side compartments will be trimmed with a bright aluminum extruded rub rail.

Trim will be

2.12 " high with

1.38 " flanges turned outward for rigidity.

The rub rails will not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows replacement in the event of damage.
0004027
Fender Crowns, Rear, S/S, Two Pair

BODY FENDER CROWNS
Stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings.

A rubber welting will be provided between the body and the crown to seal the seam and restrict moisture from entering.
0064150
Handrail, Extra - 20-30" Long

ADDITIONAL HANDRAIL
Four (
4 ) handrails
will be mounted
Adjacent to slide out platforms at LS
6 , LS
4 , RS
6 and RS
4 .
0759641
SP
Compt, Air Bottle, Btwn Tandems,
Four (4) Bottles, w/Straps, Drop
Door, Aerial

FOUR AIR BOTTLE STORAGE COMPARTMENT
A total of
two (
2 ) air bottle compartments
will be provided and located
one (
1 ) on the left side and
one (
1 ) on the right side
centered between the tandem rear wheels. The air bottle compartment will consist of individual bins each designed to hold an air bottle with a maximum diameter of

7.63 " and a maximum depth of

26.00 ".

Each compartment will hold a total of four (
4 ) air bottles. The compartment will accommodate
three (
3 ) bottles across the top and one (
1 ) centered below. The bottom air bottle will be
accessible only when the top center bottle is removed and the hinged partition over the bottom bottle is lifted up. Each bottle will be separated by a partition.

Flooring will be rubber lined and have a drain hole. A lift up door with a mechanical stay arm and a
pair of flush lift & turn latches
will be provided for each compartment. The door will be polished

stainless steel. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.

AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT STRAP
Straps will be provided in the air bottle compartment(s) to help contain the air bottles. The straps will wrap around the neck of each bottle and attach to the wall of the compartment. 0797128
SP
Compt, Square Air Bottle Fender
Panel, Tri Door w/ Fuel Fill

SINGLE AIR BOTTLE STORAGE
A single air bottle compartment will be provided
DS behind rear axle
. The air bottle compartment
will be square (

7.25 " diameter) with angled corners and of adequate depth to accommodate different size air bottles.

Flooring will be rubber lined and have a drain hole. A
polished
stainless steel triangular shaped
door with a
chrome plated flush lift & turn latch
will be provided to contain the air bottle. The door
will cover the fuel fill and the air bottle opening.

Inside the compartment,
black rubber matting
will be provided.

A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.

AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT STRAP
A strap will be provided in the air bottle compartment to help contain the air bottle when the vehicle is parked on an incline. The strap will wrap around the neck and attach to the wall of the compartment.
0778547
Compt, Extinguisher (2) Fender
Panel, w/ Strap, Triangular Door,
Aerial

TRIANGULAR EXTINGUISHER STORAGE
There will be a total of
one (
1 )
extinguisher storage compartment(s) provided
on the right side
ahead of the rear wheel
. Each triangular shaped compartment will be sized to fit two ( 2 )
extinguishers, each with a maximum diameter of

7.50 " and an overall width of

11.00 ". A partition
will be provided to separate the bottles. Inside the compartment, black rubber matting
will be
provided. The compartment will be furnished with a drain hole. A polished
stainless steel,
triangular shaped door with a
chrome plated flush lift & turn latch
will be provided to contain the
air bottles. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.

EXTUINGUISHER COMPARTMENT STRAP
Straps will be provided in the compartment(s) to help contain the extinguishers. The straps will wrap around the neck of each bottle and attach to the wall of the compartment. 46 884
Bid #:

0769465
SP
Compt, Exting (2) Fender Panel, Spcl
Exting w/Cone, Straps,Tri Door

TRIANGULAR EXTINGUISHER STORAGE
An extinguisher storage compartment will be provided
on the passenger's side behind the rear
wheel
. The triangular shaped compartment will be sized to two ( 2 ) extinguishers. One (
1 )
extinguisher will have a cone and this extinguisher will be located in the upper area, the other extinguisher will be in the lower area. The compartment will be approximately

25.50 " deep.

Partitions will be provided to separate the bottles, including the cone from the bottle. There will be a notch provided in the cone partition to allow for the hose attached to the cone. Inside the compartment,
black rubber matting
will be provided. The compartment will be furnished with a drain hole. A
polished
stainless steel, triangular shaped door with a
chrome plated flush lift & turn
latch
will be provided to contain the air bottles. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.

EXTINGUISHER COMPARTMENT STRAP
Straps will be provided in the compartment(s) to help contain the extinguishers. The straps will wrap around the neck of each extinguisher and attach to the wall of the compartment. 0780146
Compt, Air Bottle w/DEF Tank, Tri
Door, w/Strap, Single, Round, Fender
Panel
AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (Single)
A quantity of
one (
1 ) air bottle compartment
,

7.75 " in diameter x

26.00 " deep, will be provided
on
the left side forward of the rear wheels
. A triangular,
polished
stainless steel door with a
chrome
plated flush lift & turn latch
will be provided to contain the air bottle and also cover the DEF tank opening. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.

Inside the compartment,
black rubber matting
will be provided.

AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT STRAP
Straps will be provided in the air bottle compartment(s) to help contain the air bottles. The straps will wrap around the neck of each bottle and attach to the wall of the compartment. 0622447
SP
Cable Restraint, Air Bottle Compt
Door(s) 90 Degree

AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT DOOR STOP
two (
2 )
air bottle compartment doors will include cables provided to secure the door of compartments
Air bottle compartments between tandem axles One (
1 ) LS One (
1 ) RS
. Each
compartment door will open to
90 degrees.
0004218
Ladder, 35' Duo-Safety 1200A 2-Sect

EXTENSION LADDER
There will be
one (
1 )

35 ' two (
2 ) section aluminum Duo-Safety Series
1200
-A extension ladder(s)
provided.
0034226
Ladder, 28', Duo-Safety 1200A 2-
Section

ADDED EXTENSION LADDER
There will be
one (
1 )

28 ', two (
2 ) section, aluminum, Duo-Safety Series
1200
A extension ladder
provided.
0004222
Ladder, 24' Duo-Safety 900A 2-
Section

AERIAL EXTENSION LADDER
There will be
one (
1 )

24 ' two (
2 ) section aluminum Series
900
-A extension ladder(s) provided and
located
in the aerial torque box
.
0004232
Ladder, (2) 16' Duo-Safety 875A Roof

ROOF LADDERS
There will be two (
2 )
16 ' aluminum Duo-Safety Series
875
-A roof ladders provided.
0655286
Ladder, 14' Duo-Safety 775-DR Roof
with 7/8" Hooks

ADDED ROOF LADDER
There will be
one (
1 )

14 ' aluminum roof ladder(s), Duo-Safety series
775
-A with a pair of
7/8
"
hooks at each end provided.
0004233
Ladder, 14' Duo-Safety Fresno 701

AERIAL ATTIC EXTENSION LADDER
There will be
one (
1 )

14 ' Fresno aluminum Duo-Safety Series
701
attic extension ladder(s)
provided.
0004246
Ladder, 10' Duo-Safety Folding, 585A

AERIAL FOLDING LADDER
There will be
one (
1 )

10 ' aluminum Duo-Safety Series
585
-A folding ladder(s) provided and
located
in the aerial torque box
.
47 884
Bid #:

0042207
Ladders Stored in Torque Box,
Gortite Roll, Ascendant TA, PAL,
PAP

GROUND LADDER STORAGE
The ground ladders are stored within the torque box and are removable from the rear.

Ladders will be enclosed to prevent road dirt and debris from fouling or damaging the ladders.

The ladders rest in full length stainless steel slides and are arranged in such a manner that any one ladder can be removed without having to move or remove any other ladder.

A Gortite rollup door will be provided at the rear, double faced, aluminum construction, and an
anodized satin finish
.

A polished stainless steel lift bar with locking key latches to be provided for each roll-up door. The keys to be Model
751
to match all compartment and cab doors
. The
latching mechanism will consist of a full length lift bar lock with latches on the outer extrusion of the door frame.

A stainless plate with a
2 -bend flange and a stainless steel hinge will be provided to secure the aerial ladder complement. The plate assembly will be mounted to the bottom of the entrance of the torque box ladder storage area.

When the plate is vertical, it will secure the ladders and prevent them from migrating to the rear of the apparatus. When the plate is down and not securing the ladders, the rollup door can not close, which will activate the "Open Door Indicator Light" within the cab. The rollup door together with hinge friction will secure the plate in place during driving operations.

A door guard will be provided to prevent tools inside the torque box from damaging the rollup door.
0789440
Lights, Torque Box Ladder Storage,
Truck-Lite 40227C 1lt, Incd, Round 4"

LADDER STORAGE LIGHTING
There will be one (
1 ) Truck Lite Model
40227
C,

4.00 " white incandescent light with Model
40700
,
grommet used to illuminate the torque box ladder storage compartment. One ( 1 ) light will be
provided in the ceiling of the torque box near the ladder storage entry area.

The light will be activated when the ladder storage compartment door is opened. 0004245
Ladder, 10' Duo-Safety Folding, 585A

ADDITIONAL FOLDING LADDER
One (
1 )
10 ' aluminum Series
585
-A Duo-Safety folding ladder will be installed
on the aerial fly
section
.
0658170
Ladders, Nested, Right Side Ground
Ladder Storage

NESTED LADDER STORAGE
There will be nested ladders on the right side of the ladder storage compartment. 0788575
Pike Pole, 12' Fire Hooks Unlimited,
NY Roof Hook, Fiberglass, RH-12,
Pry End
12 ' PIKE POLES
There will be
two (
2 )
Fire Hooks Unlimited Model RH-
12 ' New York Roof Hook with a fiberglass
shaft and pry end provided. The pike pole(s) will be stored in tubular holders located in the ground ladder storage compartment.
0567897
Pike Pole, 8' Fire Hooks Unlimited,
New York Roof Hook, Steel, Pry End,
RH-8
8 ' PIKE POLE
There will be
one (
1 )
Fire Hooks Unlimited, New York Hook ,
8 ' long roof hook with steel shaft
and chisel (pry) end provided
Ladder storage compt.
.
0552649
Pike Pole, 6' Fire Hooks Unlimited,
New York Roof Hook, Steel, Pry End,
RH-6
6 FT PIKE POLE
There will be
one (
1 )
Fire Hooks Unlimited NY roof hook RH-
6 ,
6 foot pike pole(s) with steel
handles and pry end provided
Ladder Storage compartment
.
0548410
Not Required, Pole, Pike, 3'
0003071
Pike Pole, 6' Nupla, Roof Vent Hook,
RH-6DA, w/Aluminum D Handle

6 ' PIKE POLE
There will be
one (
1 )

6 ' Nupla Model RH-
6 DA fiberglass roof/vent rubbish hook with aluminum "D" handle provided.
0054792
Pike Pole, 8' Nupla, Vent Hook, RH-
8DA, w/D Handle
8 ' PIKE POLE
There will be
one (
1 )

8 Nupla RH-
8 DA aluminum pike pole(s) provided with D-grip handles and roof/vent rubbish hooks.
0089339
Pike Pole, 10' Nupla, Vent Hook, RH-
10DA, w/D Handle
-
one (1)
10 foot Nupla Ventilation Hook(s): Fiberglass w/"D" handle 0770464
Trough, S/S, Torque Box/Ladder
Storage, D-Handled Pike Pole/Trash
Hooks

PIKE POLE STORAGE IN TORQUE BOX/LADDER STORAGE
There will be a total of
two (
2 )
stainless steel trough(s) provided in the torque box/ladder storage area.

The trough(s) will accommodate a
Nupla fiberglass
8 ' roof vent/trash hook with D handle and
Nupla fiberglass
6 ' roof vent/trash hook with D handle
.
48 884
Bid #:

0770578
Pike Pole Tubes, in Torque
Box/Ladder Storage, ABS

PIKE POLE STORAGE IN TORQUE BOX/LADDER STORAGE
There will be ABS tubing provided in the torque box/ladder storage area for a total of six (
6 )
pike
poles.

If the head of a pike pole can come into contact with a painted surface, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided.
0084395
Sign, "Keep Back 300FT" red w/white
lettering

KEEP BACK SIGN
A "KEEP BACK
300
FEET" sign will be mounted at the rear of the apparatus with white reflective lettering and a red background.
0024388
No Steps Required, Front Of Body
0512558
Platform, Slide Out, 500 lb Capacity,
Alum 4-Way, Full Width

SLIDE-OUT PLATFORM
Four (
4 ) slideout platforms
will be provided
One (
1 ) Below RS
4 One (
1 ) Below RS
6 One (
1 )
Below LS
4 rearward of exhaust One (
1 ) Below LS
6 . The step will be as wide as possible. The
capacity rating will be
500#
in the extended position. Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand.

There will be
an Amdor Model AY-LB-
12 HW
0 **
white
12 volt DC LED light provided to illuminate
the ground area.
0724153
Step, Folding - Extra, Body Only,
w/LED, Trident
Two (2) additional folding steps
will be located
One (1) Each side of body on the rear exterior wall
of RS3/LS3, facing rearward, centered horizontally between the rear/side scene light and top of catwalk.
. The step(s) will be bright finished, non-skid with
a black tread coating
on the stepping
surface. Each step will incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface. The step(s) can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a gloved hand. 0747460
Air Horns, (2) Hadley, 6" Round,
eTone, UnderSlung Bumper

AIR HORN SYSTEM
Two (
2 ) Hadley air horns will be recessed in the front bumper. A hole will be provided for each horn. The horn system will be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing

0.38 " tubing. A
pressure protection valve will be installed in-line to prevent loss of air in the air brake system. 0606835
Location, Air Horns, Bumper, Each
Side, Outside Frame, Outboard (Pos
#1 & #7)
Air Horn Location
The air horns will be located on each side of the bumper, towards the outside. 0757092
Control, Air Horn, Multi Select

Air Horn Control
The air horn(s) will be activated by the following:
0757080
Control, Air Horn, Ft Sw, RS

Right side foot switch
0757081
Control, Air Horn, Ft Sw, LS

Left side foot switch
0602730
Siren, Wln 295SLSA1, 100 or 200
Watt, Other Speaker, Non-NFPA
2016

ELECTRONIC SIREN
A Whelen, Model:
295
SLSA
1 , electronic siren with noise canceling microphone will be provided.

This siren to be active when the battery switch is on and that emergency master switch is on.

NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, Section

13.9.1.1 requires the siren manufacturer to certify the siren as meeting the requirements of SAE J
1849
,
Emergency Vehicle Sirens
.

Per the fire department specification, the siren and siren speaker come from separate manufacturers and a certification is therefore invalid. The apparatus will be non compliant to NFPA
1901
standards at time of contract execution.
0510206
Location, Elect Siren, Recessed
Overhead In Console

Electronic siren head will be
recessed in the passenger side inside switch panel
.
0006145
Control, Elec Siren, Horn Ring, PS
Foot Sw
Siren will be actuated by a foot switch on the officer's side and by the horn button in the steering wheel. The driver will have the option to control the siren or the chassis horns from the horn button by means of a selector switch.
0601306
Speaker, (1) Wln, SA315P, w/Pierce
Polished Stainless Steel Grille, 100
watt

SPEAKER
There will be one (
1 ) Whelen®, Model SA
315
P, black nylon composite,
100
-watt, speaker with
through bumper mounting brackets and polished stainless steel grille provided. The speaker will be
connected to the siren amplifier
.
49 884
Bid #:

0601565
Location, Speaker, Frt Bumper,
Recessed, Center (Pos 4)

The speaker(s) will be recessed in the center of the front bumper. 0895310
Siren, Federal Q2B

AUXILIARY MECHANICAL SIREN
There will be a Federal Signal Model Q
2 B mechanical siren furnished and installed in the front of the apparatus.

The Q
2 B will be
chrome finish
.

The siren will have a
2 -gauge cable connected to a power solenoid that is connected by a 2 -
gauge cable ran battery direct to the primary chassis batteries and will be labeled Q 2 B+ at the
battery. The power solenoid will only be enabled when the emergency master switch is on.

The siren will have a
2 -gauge ground wire connected to the chassis battery stud. The cable will be labeled Q
2 B- at the battery.

When the chassis battery switch is on, and the emergency master switch is on, the Q 2 B siren will
be activated by the following:
0656160
Location of Siren, Recessed in Under
Slung Bumper, w/Enclosure

The mechanical siren will be recessed in the front bumper on the right side
. The siren will be
properly supported using the bumper framework. The backside of the siren will be protected with a fabricated enclosure.
0748305
Control, Mech Siren, Multi Select

MECHANICAL SIREN CONTROL
The mechanical siren will be activated by the following:
0748282
Control Mech Siren, Ft Sw LS

Left side foot switch.
0748281
Control Mech Siren, Ft Sw RS

Right side foot switch.
0740391
Sw, Siren Brake, Momentary Chrome
Push Button, RS
A momentary chrome push button switch will be included in the right side dash panel to activate the siren brake.
0746353
Not Required, Warning Lights
Intensity
0604635
Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 2-

21.5", RRRWR RWRRR

FRONT ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 )

21.50 " Whelen Freedom IV LED lightbars mounted on the cab roof, one ( 1 )
on each side, above the driver's and passenger's door, facing forward.

The driver's side lightbar will include the following:

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the outside end position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the outside front corner position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the outside front position.

One (
1 ) white flashing LED module in the inside front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the inside front corner position.

The passenger's side lightbar will include the following:

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the inside front corner position.

One (
1 ) white flashing LED module in the inside front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the outside front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the outside front corner position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the outside end position.

There will be
clear lenses included on the lightbar
.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbars.

The white LED's will be disabled when the parking brake is applied.

The two (
2 ) red flashing LED modules in the inside front and the two red flashing LED modules in the inside front corner positions may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0691544
Light, GTT, 794* LED Opticom
Emitter, Remote Mounted on Cab
Roof

TRAFFIC LIGHT CONTROLLER
There will be a GTT, Model
794
* LED Opticom traffic light controller with
national standard high
priority
remote mounted on the front edge of the cab
inverted from the visor light bracket
.

The Opticom traffic light controller will be activated
by a cab switch with emergency master
control
.

The Opticom traffic light controller will have
a driver side momentary cab switch with no
emergency master control
.

The Opticom traffic light controller will be disabled when the parking brake is applied. 50 884
Bid #:

0605598
Lightbars, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 2-

21.5", RRRRR RRRRR

SIDE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 )

21.50 " Whelen Freedom IV LED lightbars mounted on the roof, one ( 1 ) on
each side,
over the side crew cab windows
.

Each lightbar will include the following:

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the outside end position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the outside front corner position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the outside front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the inside front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the inside front corner position.

There will be
clear lenses included on the lightbar
.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbars.

These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0899319
Lights, Front Zone, Wln M6**,
Common Bzl

LIGHTS, FRONT ZONE LOWER
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen® Model M
6 **,

4.31 " high x

6.75 " wide x

1.37 " deep flashing LED
warning lights installed on the cab face above the headlights, in a common bezel with the directional lights per the following:

The
driver's side front warning light to be red
.

The
passenger's side front warning light to be red
.

The
warning light lens colors to be the same as the LEDs
.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0653937
Flasher, Headlight Alternating

HEADLIGHT FLASHER
The high beam headlights will flash alternately between the left and right side.

There will be a switch installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the high beam flash. This switch will be live when the battery switch and the emergency master switches are on.

The flashing will automatically cancel when
the hi-beam headlight switch is activated
or when the
parking brake is set.
0540692
Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6*C
LED, Clear Lens, 3pr, Ovr 25

SIDE ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be six (
6 ) Whelen®, Model M
6 *C, flashing LED warning lights with chrome trim
installed per the following:

Two (
2 ) lights,
one (
1 ) each side on the bumper extension
. The
side front lights to be red
.

Two (
2 ) lights,
one (
1 ) each side of cab rearward of crew cab doors
. The
side middle lights to be
red
.

Two (
2 ) lights,
one (
1 ) each side located between the tandems
. The
side rear lights to be red
.

The lights will include clear lenses.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0759142
Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*,

REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen®, Model M
6 **,

4.31 " high x

6.75 " wide x

1.37 " deep flashing LED
warning lights with chrome trim located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:

The
left side rear warning light to include red LEDs
The
right side rear warning light to include red LEDs
The
warning light lens color(s) to be clear
There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0088745
Light, Rear Zone Up, Wln L31HRFN
LED Beacon, Red LED

REAR/SIDE ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen®, Model L
31 H*FN, LED warning beacons provided at the rear of the truck, located one (
1 ) each side. There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the beacons.

The color of the lights will be red LEDs with
both domes clear
.
0006551
Not Required, Lights, Rear Upper
Zone Blocking
0756379
SP
Bracket, 5" Ledge, Full Width Rear of
Body, Tapered Corners, Ascend TA,

PAL/PAP

REAR BODY MOUNTING BRACKET
There will be a

5.00 " deep, full width,
aluminum treadplate
bracket(s) provided at the rear of the
body above the ladder storage area. The bracket will be provided to mount lights, cameras, or other accessories. The rear outside corners of the bracket will be tapered to provide additional clearance.
0791463
Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TANF65,
34" Long LED

TRAFFIC DIRECTING LIGHT
There will be one (
1 ) Whelen® Model TANF
65 ,

34.00 " long x

2.37 " high x

2.37 " deep, amber LED
traffic directing light installed at the rear of the apparatus.

The Whelen Model TACTL
5 control head will be included with this installation.

The control head will be powered when the battery switch is on.

The
auxiliary flash not activated
.
0530074
Location, Traf Dir Lt, On Top of Body
Below Turntable w/Trdplt Box
This traffic directing light will be mounted on top of the body below the turntable with a treadplate box at the rear of the apparatus.
51 884
Bid #:

0530281
Location, Traf Dir Lt Controller,
Center Console in Sw Pnl

The traffic directing light controller will be located within the switch panel on the center console.

The controller will be within easy reach of the driver. 0006646
Electrical System, 120/240VAC,
General Design
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM GENERAL DESIGN for ALTERNATING CURRENT The following guidelines will apply to the
120/240
VAC system installation:

General
Any fixed line voltage power source producing alternating current (ac) line voltage will produce electric power at
60 cycles plus or minus
3 cycles.

Except where superseded by the requirements of NFPA
1901
, all components, equipment and
installation procedures will conform to NFPA
70 , National Electrical Code (herein referred to as
the NEC).

Line voltage electrical system equipment and materials included on the apparatus will be listed and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. All products will be used only in the manner for which they have been listed.

Grounding
Grounding will be in accordance with Section
250-6
"Portable and Vehicle Mounted Generators"
of the NEC. Ungrounded systems will not be used. Only stranded or braided copper conductors will be used for grounding and bonding.

An equipment grounding means will be provided in accordance with Section 250-91
(Grounding
Conductor Material) of the NEC.

The grounded current carrying conductor (neutral) will be insulated from the equipment grounding conductors and from the equipment enclosures and other grounded parts. The neutral conductor will be colored white or gray in accordance with Section 200-6
(Means of Identifying Grounding
Conductors) of the NEC.

In addition to the bonding required for the low voltage return current, each body and driving or crew compartment enclosure will be bonded to the vehicle frame by a copper conductor. This conductor will have a minimum amperage rating of
115
percent of the nameplate current rating of
the power source specification label as defined in Section 310-15
(amp capacities) of the NEC. A
single conductor properly sized to meet the low voltage and line voltage requirements will be permitted to be used.

All power source system mechanical and electrical components will be sized to support the continuous duty nameplate rating of the power source.

Operation
Instructions that provide the operator with the essential power source operating instructions, including the power-up and power-down sequence, will be permanently attached to the apparatus at any point where such operations can take place.

Provisions will be made for quickly and easily placing the power source into operation. The control will be marked to indicate when it is correctly positioned for power source operation. Any control device used in the drive train will be equipped with a means to prevent the unintentional movement of the control device from its set position.

A power source specification label will be permanently attached to the apparatus near the operator's control station. The label will provide the operator with the following information:

Rated voltage(s) and type (ac or dc)
Phase
Rated frequency
Rated amperage
Continuous rated watts
Power source engine speed
Direct drive (PTO) and portable generator installations will comply with Article 445
(Generators) of
the NEC.

Overcurrent protection
The conductors used in the power supply assembly between the output terminals of the power source and the main over current protection device will not exceed 144.00
" (
3658
mm) in length.

For fixed power supplies, all conductors in the power supply assembly will be type THHW, THW, or use stranded conductors enclosed in nonmetallic liquid tight flexible conduit rated for a minimum of
194
degree Fahrenheit (
90 degrees Celsius).

For portable power supplies, conductors located between the power source and the line side of the main overcurrent protection device will be type SO or type SEO with suffix WA flexible cord rated for
600
-volts at
194
degrees Fahrenheit (
90 degrees Celsius).

Wiring Methods
Fixed wiring systems will be limited to the following:

Metallic or nonmetallic liquid tight flexible conduit rated at not less than 194
degrees Fahrenheit
(
90 degrees Celsius)
or
Type SO or Type SEO cord with a WA suffix, rated at
600
volts at not less than
194
degrees
Fahrenheit (
90 degrees Celsius)
Electrical cord or conduit will not be attached to chassis suspension components, water or fuel lines, air or air brake lines, fire pump piping, hydraulic lines, exhaust system components, or low voltage wiring. In addition the wiring will be run as follows.

Separated by a minimum of

12.00 " (
305
mm), or properly shielded, from exhaust piping
Separated from fuel lines by a minimum of

6.00 " (
152
mm) distance
Electrical cord or conduit will be supported within

6.00 " (
152
mm) of any junction box and at a
minimum of every

24.00 " (
610
mm) of continuous run. Supports will be made of nonmetallic materials or corrosion protected metal. All supports will be of a design that does not cut or abrade the conduit or cable and will be mechanically fastened to the vehicle.

Wiring Identification
All line voltage conductors located in the main panel board will be individually and permanently identified. The identification will reference the wiring schematic or indicate the final termination point. When prewiring for future power sources or devices, the unterminated ends will be labeled showing function and wire size.

Wet Locations
All wet location receptacle outlets and inlet devices, including those on hardwired remote power distribution boxes, will be of the grounding type provided with a wet location cover and installed in accordance with Section
210-7
"Receptacles and Cord Connections" of the NEC.

All receptacles located in a wet location will be not less than

24.00 " (
610
mm) from the ground.

Receptacles on off-road vehicles will be a minimum of

30.00 " (
762
mm) from the ground.
52 884
Bid #:

The face of any wet location receptacle will be installed in a plane from vertical to not more than 45 degrees off vertical. No receptacle will be installed in a face up position.

Dry Locations
All receptacles located in a dry location will be of the grounding type. Receptacles will be not less than

30.00 " (
762
mm) above the interior floor height.

All receptacles will be marked with the type of line voltage ( 120
-volts or
240
-volts) and the current
rating in amps. If the receptacles are direct current, or other than single phase, they will be so marked.

Listing
All receptacles and electrical inlet devices will be listed to UL 498
, Standard for Safety
Attachment Plugs and Receptacles, or other appropriate performance standards. Receptacles used for direct current voltages will be rated for the appropriate service.

Electrical System Testing
The wiring and associated equipment will be tested by the apparatus manufacturer or the installer of the line voltage system.

The wiring and permanently connected devices and equipment will be subjected to a dielectric voltage withstand test of
900
-volts for one (
1 ) minute. The test will be conducted between live
parts and the neutral conductor, and between live parts and the vehicle frame with any switches in the circuit(s) closed. This test will be conducted after all body work has been completed.

Electrical polarity verification will be made of all permanently wired equipment and receptacles to determine that connections have been properly made.

Operational Test per Current NFPA
1901
Standard
The apparatus manufacturer will perform the following operation test and ensure that the power source and any devices that are attached to the line voltage electrical system are properly connected and in working order. The test will be witnessed and the results certified by an independent third-party certification organization.

The prime mover will be started from a cold start condition and the line voltage electrical system loaded to
100
percent of the nameplate rating.

The power source will be operated at
100
percent of its nameplate voltage for a minimum of two
(
2 ) hours unless the system meets category certification as defined in the current NFPA 1901

standard.

Where the line voltage power is derived from the vehicle's low voltage system, the minimum continuous electrical load as defined in the current NFPA 1901
standard will be applied to the low
voltage electrical system during the operational test.
0529594
Generator, Harrison 6kW, 6.0MAS-
16R/D-11011/15/1, Hydraulic,
Hotshift PTO

GENERATOR
The apparatus will be equipped with a complete AC (alternating current) electrical power system.

The generator will be a Harrison Model

6.0 MAS-
16 R/D-
11011/15/1
,
6,000
watt hydraulic driven
unit.

The generator will be driven by a transmission power take off unit, through a hydraulic pump and motor.

The hydraulic engagement supply will be operational
at any time (no interlocks)
.

An electric/hydraulic valve will supply hydraulic fluid to the clutch engagement unit provided on the chassis PTO drive.

Generator Instruments and Controls
To properly monitor the generator performance a digital meter panel will be furnished and mounted
near the circuit breaker panel
.
0015429
Mounting, Hydraulic Generator Above
Torque Box

GENERATOR LOCATION
The generator will be permanently mounted above the torque box Forward Over Torque box
.
0016752
Starting Sw, Truck Engine Powered
Gen, Cab Sw Pnl

GENERATOR START
There will be a switch provided on the cab instrument panel to engage the generator. 0016757
Not Required, Remote Start,
Generator
0016740
Not Required, Fuel System
0016767
Not Required, Oil Drain Extension,
Generator
0036738
Circuit Breaker Panel, Included With
PTO Generator

CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
The circuit breaker panel will be located
high on the left wall of compartment LS
6 .
0046736
Cover, Generator, Above Torque Box

GENERATOR COVER OVER TORQUE BOX
The generator will be totally enclosed with a cover constructed of . 125
" bright aluminum
treadplate. The cover will be louvered to provide adequate ventilation and have any necessary access doors for maintenance or operation of the generator. 0016771
Not Required, Routing Exhaust,
Generator
53 884
Bid #:

0006825
Reel, Elect Cable, Hannay, 1600, (3)
Wire

ELECTRIC CORD REEL
Furnished with the
120
volt AC electrical system will be a Hannay, Series
1600
, cord reel. The
reel will be provided with a
12 -volt electric rewind switch, that is guarded to prevent accidental operation and labeled for its intended use. The switch will be protected with a fuse and installed at a height not to exceed

72.00 " above the operators standing position.

The exterior finish of the reel(s) will be
painted
#269
gray from the reel manufacturer
.

A Nylatron guide to be provided to aid in the payout and loading of the reel . A ball stop will be
provided to prevent the cord from being wound on the reel.

A label will be provided in a readily visible location adjacent to the reel. The label will indicate current rating, current type, phase, voltage and total cable length.

A total of
one (
1 ) cord reel
will be provided
one (
1 ) in the driver's side compartment over the front
stabilizer
.

The cord reel will be configured with three (
3 ) conductors.
0006828
Cord, Electric, 10/3 Yellow, 3 Wire

CORD
Provided for electric distribution will be
one (
1 ) length installed on the reel
of
200
feet
of yellow
10/3
electrical cord, weather resistant
105
degree Celsius to -
50 degree Celsius,
600
volt
jacketed SOOW cord.

A Hubbell L
5-20
,
20 amp,
120
volt, twist lock connector body
will be
installed on the end of the cord.
0780386
Receptacle Strip, 20A 120V 6-Place
36", 6" Centers, Plugmold, Interior
Cab

POWER OUTLET STRIP
There will be
two (
2 )
Plugmold part number V
24 GB
306
,

36.00 " receptacle strip(s) with six (
6 )
20 amp
120
volt AC straight blade receptacles provided
One (
1 ) high in Crew Cab Center rear
Facing EMS Cabinet, mounted horizontally One (
1 ) Center in Crew Cab Center rear facing EMS
cabinet, mounted horizontally
.

The strip(s) selected will be powered from the
onboard generator to shoreline power transfer
switch
through a receptacle located adjacent to the strip(s).

There will be a label installed near the strip(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0519934
Not Required, Brand, Hydraulic Tool
System
0649753
Not Required, PTO Driven Hydraulic
Tool System
0660282
Aerial, 105' Heavy Duty Ladder, (500
dry/500 water), MUX
FOUR (
4 )-SECTION
105

FOOT AERIAL LADDER

CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS
The ladder will be constructed to meet all of the requirements as described in the current NFPA 1901
standards.

The aerial device will be a true ladder type device; therefore ladders attached to booms will not be considered.

These capabilities will be established in an unsupported configuration.

All structural load supporting elements of the aerial device that are made of a ductile material will have a design stress of not more than
50%
of the minimum yield strength of the material based
on the combination of the live load and the dead load. This 2:1
structural safety factor meets the
current NFPA
1901
standard.

All structural load supporting elements of the aerial device that are made of non-ductile material will have a design stress of not more than
20%
of the minimum ultimate strength of the material,
based on the combination of the rated capacity and the dead load. This 5:1
safety factor meets
the current NFPA
1901
standard.

Wire ropes and attaching systems used to extend and retract the fly sections will have a 5:1

safety factor based on the ultimate strength under all operating conditions. The factor of safety for the wire rope will remain above
2:1
during any extension or retraction stall. The minimum ratio of the diameter of wire rope used to the diameter of the sheave used will be 1:12
. Wire ropes will be
constructed of seven (
7 ) strands over an inner wire core for increased flexibility. The wire rope will be galvanized to reduce corrosion.

The aerial base pivot bearings will be maintenance free type bearings and require no external lubrication.

The aerial device will be capable of sustaining a static load one and one-half times its rated tip load capacity (live load) in every position in which the aerial device can be placed when the vehicle is on a firm level surface.

The aerial device will be capable of sustaining a static load one and one-third times its rated tip load capacity (live load) in every position the aerial device can be placed when the vehicle is on a slope of five degrees downward in the direction most likely to cause overturning.

With the aerial device out of the cradle in the in the fully extended position at zero degrees elevation, a test load will be applied in a horizontal direction normal to the centerline of the ladder.

The turntable will not rotate and the ladder will not deflect beyond what the product specification allows.

All welding of aerial components, including the aerial ladder sections, turntable, pedestal, and outriggers, will be in compliance with the American Welding Society standards. All welding personnel will be certified, as qualified under AWS welding codes.

All material and welds will have a fatigue life structural safety factor of 2:1
. This will be derived
from taking into account structure weight, payload, wind load, ice load, nozzle reactions, and dynamics.

The aerial device will be capable of operating with the maximum rated tip load in either of the two (
2 ) following conditions:
- Conditions of high wind up to
50 mph
- Conditions of icing, up to a coating of .
25 " over the entire aerial structure
54 884
Bid #:

All of the design criteria must be supported by the following test data:
- Strain gage testing of the complete aerial device
- Analysis of deflection data taken while the aerial device was under test load The following standards for materials are to be used in the design of the aerial device:
- Materials are to be certified by the mill that manufactured the material - Material testing that is performed after the mill test will be for verification only and not with the intent of changing the classification
- All welded structural components for the ladder will be traceable to their mill lots.

LADDER CONSTRUCTION
The ladder will be comprised of four sections.

The ladder will have the capability to support a minimum of 500
pounds at the tip in the
unsupported configuration, based upon
360
degree rotation, up to full extension and from -
8 degrees to +
75 degrees.

The ladder (handrails, base rails, trusses, K-braces and rungs) will be constructed of high strength low alloy steel, minimum
70,000
pounds per square inch yield, with full traceability on all structural members.

Each section will be trussed diagonally, vertically and horizontally using welded steel tubing.

All critical points will be reinforced for extra rigidity and to provide a high strength-to-weight ratio.

All ladder rungs will be round and welded to each section utilizing "K" bracing for torsional rigidity.

The inside width dimensions of the ladder will be:
- Base Section

39.00 "
- Inner-Mid Section

32.25 "
- Outer-Mid Section

26.62 "
- Fly Section

21.38 "
The height of the handrails above the centerline of the rungs will be:
- Base Section

26.75 "
- Inner-Mid Section

22.87 "
- Outer-Mid Section

20.25 "
- Fly Section

17.50 "
The ladder will be designed to provide continuous egress for firefighters and civilians from an elevated position to the ground. The end of the fly section will be constructed in a manner that aids personnel who are climbing off the ladder.

The egress section will be designed to maintain the rated load of the aerial device. It will be bolted on for easy replacement.

VERTICAL HEIGHT
The ladder will extend to a minimum height of
105
' above the ground at full extension and
elevation. The measurement of height will be consistent with NFPA standards.

HORIZONTAL REACH
The rated horizontal reach will be a minimum of
100
'. The measurement of horizontal reach will
be consistent with NFPA standards.

TURNTABLE
The upper turntable assembly will connect the aerial ladder to the turntable bearing. The steel structure will have a mounting position for the aerial elevation cylinders, ladder connecting pins, and upper turntable operator's position.

The turntable will be a

1.00 " thick steel deck, coated with a non-skid, chemical resistant material in the walking areas. The stepping surfaces will meet the skid-resistance requirements of the current NFPA
1901
standard.

The turntable platform will be rectangular-shaped,

95.00 " wide x

84.50 " long.

The turntable handrails will be a minimum

42.00 " high and will not increase the overall travel
height of the vehicle. The handrails will be constructed from aluminum and have a slip resistant knurled surface.

ELEVATION SYSTEM
Two (
2 ) double acting, lift cylinders will be utilized to provide smooth, precise elevation from 8 degrees below horizontal to
75 degrees above horizontal. The lift cylinder will be attached to each side of the base section. The lift cylinder rod will be chrome plated, to provide smooth operation of the aerial and reduce seal wear. The lift cylinders will be equipped with integral holding valves located in the cylinder, to prevent the unit from descending should the charged lines be severed, at any point within the hydraulic system and to maintain the ladder in the bedded position during road travel. The integral holding valves will NOT be located in the transfer tubes.

The lift cylinders will be mounted utilizing maintenance free spherical bearings on both ends of the cylinders. The bearings will help reduce pin wear.

The elevation system will be controlled by the microprocessor. The microprocessor will provide the following features:
- Envelope control of the elevation system to prevent accidental body damage - Automatic deceleration when the aerial device is lowered into the cradle - Automatic deceleration at the end of stroke, in maximum raise and lower positions - Deceleration of the aerial device from
0 to -
8 degrees

EXTENSION/RETRACTION SYSTEM
A full hydraulic powered extension and retraction system will be provided using two ( 2 ) hydraulic
cylinders and wire ropes.

Each cylinder is capable of operating the ladder in the event of a failure to the other.

The extension cylinder will have a

3.00 " internal diameter (bore),

1.75 " diameter rod and a
134.00
" stroke.

Extension and retraction will be internally limited within the cylinders, eliminating excess strain on wire ropes, sheaves and the ladder structure.

Each of the cylinders, wire ropes and sheave assemblies will be completely independent of the other, so as to provide a safety factor wherein a failure of one assembly will not affect the function and operation of the other.

The extension cylinders will be equipped with integral holding valves to prevent the unit from retracting should the charged lines be severed at any point within the hydraulic system.

The extension cylinders will be mounted utilizing maintenance free spherical bearings.

The cylinders will also have internal deceleration valves to cushion the movement of the cylinder when approaching full extension or retraction.

The reeling of the wire rope will be such as to provide synchronized, simultaneous movement of all sections to full extension.

The extension/retraction cables will be
7 -flex galvanized wire rope with stainless steel threaded ends and will possess the following characteristics:
55 884
Bid #:

- Inner Section .
50 " diameter with
26,200#
nominal design strength
- Mid Section .
38 " diameter with
14,880#
nominal design strength
- Fly Section .
31 " diameter with
10,380#
nominal design strength
The extension/retraction system will be controlled by the microprocessor. The microprocessor will provide the following features:
- Automatic deceleration at the end of stroke, in maximum extend and retract positions - Controls the rate of retraction while flowing water
Wear pads made of polymer material will be used between the telescoping sections for maximum weight distribution, strength and smoothness of operation.

Adjustment screws will be provided on the wear pads to permit proper side alignment.

All sheaves will be plastic and greaseless and all sheave pins and pivot pins will be polished stainless steel.

MANUAL OVERRIDE CONTROLS
Manual override controls will be provided for all aerial and stabilizer functions.

ROTATION SYSTEM
A

46.00 " diameter, external tooth, monorace, slewing ring bearing will be used for the rotation system. The gear teeth will be stub tooth form.

The bearing race will have sealed,

1.00 " ball bearings.

The bearing will provide
360
degree continuous rotation.

The turntable will be bolted to the bearing using
36 SAE Grade
8 , .
875
" diameter bolts.

To secure the bearing to the torque box,
36 Grade
8 , .
875
" diameter bolts will be used.

The turntable base and the torque box bearing plate will be machined flat, within . 007
" thereby
providing even distribution of forces.

A hydraulically driven, planetary gear box with a drive speed reducer will be used to provide infinite and minute rotation control throughout the entire rotational travel.

The planetary gearbox will have a torque rating of
130,000
pounds per inch.

A spring applied, hydraulically released disc type swing brake will be furnished to provide positive braking of the turntable assembly.

The rotation system will be controlled by the microprocessor. The microprocessor will provide the following features:
- Envelope control of rotation system to prevent accidental body damage - Prevent the aerial from being rotated into an unstable condition

ROTATION INTERLOCK
The microprocessor will be used to prevent the rotation of the aerial device to the side in which the stabilizers have not been fully deployed (short-jacked). The microprocessor will allow full and unrestricted use of the aerial, in the
180
degree area, on the side(s) where the stabilizers have
been fully deployed. The system will also have a manual override, to comply with NFPA 1901
.

LADDER CRADLE INTERLOCK SYSTEM
A ladder cradle interlock system will be provided through the microprocessor to prevent the lifting of the aerial device from the nested position until the operator places all the stabilizers in a load supporting configuration. A switch will be installed at the boom support to prevent operation of the stabilizers once the aerial has been elevated from the nested position.

TORQUE BOX
A "torsion box" subframe will be installed between the two ( 2 ) sets of stabilizers.

The torque box will be constructed of .
312
" thick (minimum) steel plate (
50,000
pounds per
square inch yield) with steel tubing reinforcement on each side of the box in the turntable area.

The torque box subframe assembly is capable of withstanding all torsional and horizontal loads when the unit is on the stabilizers.

The torque box will be bolted to the chassis frame rails using 20 SAE Grade
8 , .
750
" bolts with
nuts.

LOAD CAPACITIES
The following load capacities will be established, with the stabilizers at full horizontal extension and placed in the down position, to level the truck and to relieve the weight from the tires and axles.

Capacities will be based upon full extension and
360
degree rotation.

A load chart, visible at the operator's station, will be provided. The load chart will show the recommended safe load at any condition of the aerial device's elevation and extension. 50 MPH WIND CONDITIONS/WATERWAY DRY
Degrees of
Elevation
-
8 to
9 10
to
19 20
to
29 30
to
39 40
to
49 50
to
59 60
to
69 70
to
75 Egress
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
Fly
-
-
-
-
250
250
750
1000
Upper Mid
56 884
Bid #:

-
-
-
250
250
500
1000
1000
Lower Mid
-
-
250
250
500
750
1000
1000
Base
-
250
500
500
750
1000
1000
1000
50 MPH WIND CONDITIONS/WATERWAY CHARGED
Degrees of
Elevation
-
8 to
9 10
to
19 20
to
29 30
to
39 40
to
49 50
to
59 60
to
69 70
to
75 Egress
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
Fly
-
-
-
-
-
250
500
750
Upper Mid
-
-
-
-
250
500
750
1000
Lower Mid
-
-
-
250
500
750
1000
1000
Base
-
-
250
500
750
1000
1000
1000
Reduced loads at the tip can be redistributed in
250
lb. increments to the fly, mid, or base
sections as needed.

The tip capacity will be reduced to zero when flowing water with the nozzle above the waterway centerline.

BOOM SUPPORT
A heavy duty boom support will be provided for support of the ladder in the travel position. On the 57 884
Bid #:

base section of the ladder, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided where the ladder comes into contact with the boom support.
0000038
Boom Support, Recessed in Compt
IPO Pump
The boom support will be located just to the rear of the chassis cab, recessed into the transverse compartment in place of pump.
0762413
Light, Boom Support, Amdor AY-LB-
12HW012, 12" LED

AERIAL BOOM SUPPORT LIGHT
There will be one (
1 ) Amdor®, Model AY-LB-
12 HW
012
,
190
lumen,
12 " long, white LED strip light
mounted on the boom support cradle. This light will be activated when the aerial master switch is activated.
0680821
Boom Panel, Pair

AERIAL BOOM PANEL
There will be one boom panel provided on each side of the aerial ladder base section. The boom panel will be painted
#80
red
.

The boom panels will be designed so no mounting bolts are in the face of the panel. This will keep the lettering surface free of holes.
0526885
Indicator, Extension, Inside and
Outside Handrails, Every 10'

EXTENSION INDICATOR
Extension markings and corresponding numerical indicators will be provided along each inside and outside top rail of the base section of the aerial every 10 '. They will indicate various positions
of extension up to full. Markings and indicators will be clearly visible to the console operator. To aid in visibility during hours of darkness, the markings and numerical indicators will be red

reflective material.
0723719
Steps, Folding, Four, Aerial Device,
Trident

FOLDING STEPS
One (
1 ) set of folding steps will be provided at the tip of the ladder. An additional set of folding steps will be provided at the base of the fly section. The steps will be bright finished
with
a
luminescent tread coating, that is rechargeable from any light source and can hold a charge for up to
24 hours,
on the stepping surface. Each step will have
no integrated light
.
0688232
Rung Covers, Aerial Device

AERIAL DEVICE RUNG COVERS
Each rung will be covered with a secure, heavy-duty, fiberglass pultrusion that incorporates an aggressive, no-slip coating.

The rung covers will be glued to each rung, and will be easily replaceable should the rung cover become damaged.

The center portion of each rung cover will be black and the outside

2.00 " edge at each side will
be
safety yellow
.

Under no circumstances will the rung covers be fastened to the rungs using screws or rivets.

The rung covers will have a
10 -year, limited warranty.
0676785
Bracket Only, Rubbish Hook, Aerial
Fly Section

RUBBISH HOOK MOUNTING BRACKET
Mounting will be provided near the end of the fly section of the aerial ladder for a rubbish hook.

The bracket will be sized to hold a
Nupla
12 ' roof vent rubbish hook with D handle
.
0677710
Brackets Only, Folding Ladder, Aerial
Fly Section

LADDER STORAGE MOUNTING BRACKETS
There will be D/A finished mounting brackets provided near the end of the fly section of the aerial for mounting a
10 ' Duo Safety
585
A
folding ladder.
0680785
Limited Retraction, Aerial

LIMITED RETRACTION
The aerial device will have limited retraction.
0642654
Scabbard, Temporary Vent Saw
Storage, No Depth Gauge, Aerial
Ladder, Painted

TEMPORARY SCABBARD AT END OF AERIAL
There will be a total of
two (
2 )
vent saw scabbard(s) provided. The scabbard(s) will be mounted on
each side of the aerial egress
. The scabbard(s) will be painted smooth aluminum. The
scabbard(s) will be painted
red
90 .
0786841
Brackets Only, Roof/Fresno Ladder,
Base Section, Inboard of Boom Panel

LADDER STORAGE MOUNTING BRACKETS
Mounting will be provided on
the right side of the aerial device while viewed from the turntable for
storage of
one (
1 )
roof ladder(s). The bracket(s) will be located inboard of the boom panel at the base section. The bracket(s) will hold the boom panel as close to the base section as possible and include straps to secure the ladder.

The mounting brackets will accommodate a
14 ' Duo-Safety
775
-A-DR
roof ladder as determined
by the type of aerial device and the available space.
0601972
Lights, Turntable Walkway, P25, LED

LIGHTS FOR TURNTABLE WALKWAY
There will be white LED lights provided at the aerial turntable. The lights will be located to illuminate the entire walking surface of the turntable including the area around the turntable console. These lights will be activated by the aerial master switch. 58 884
Bid #:

0762396
Light, Turntable Console, Amdor AY-
LB-12HW012, LED Strip Light

TURNTABLE CONSOLE LIGHTING
There will be one (
1 ), Amdor®, Model AY-LB-
12 HW
012
,
190
lumen,
12 " long, white LED light
strip mounted in the turntable console cover to illuminate the controls located on both the upper and lower portion of the turntable control station. These lights will be activated by the aerial master switch.
0662149
Indicator Alignment Arrows,
Luminescent

TURNTABLE ALIGNMENT ARROWS
The turntable alignment arrows will be covered with luminescent material. 0682164
Cover, Around Aerial Rotation
Bearing

ROTATION BEARING COVER
A cover will be fitted over the aerial rotation bearing and drive pinion gear(s). The cover will be aluminum treadplate
and attached to the underside of the turntable deck.
0660279
Control Stations, 105' HDL, MUX,
Color Display

INFORMATION CENTER
There will be an information center provided. The information center will operate in temperatures from -
40 to
185
degrees Fahrenheit. The information center will employ a Linux operating system and a

7.00 " (diagonal measurement) LCD display. The LCD will have a minimum 400
nits rated,
color display. The LCD will be sunlight readable. The LCD display will be encased in an ABS, black plastic housing with a gray decal. There will be five ( 5 ), weather-resistant user interface
switches provided. The LCD display can be changed to an available foreign language.

OPERATION
The information center will be designed for easy operation in everyday use. There will be a page button to cycle from one screen to the next screen in a rotating fashion. A video button will allow an NTSC signal into the information center to be displayed on the LCD. If any button is pressed while viewing a video feed, the information center will return to the vehicle information screens.

There will be a menu button to provide access to maintenance, setup, and diagnostic screens. All other button labels will be specific to the information being viewed.

GENERAL SCREEN DESIGN
Where possible, background colors will be used to provide vehicle information At A
Glance
. If the
information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background color will be used. If the information provided on a screen is not within acceptable limits, an amber background color will indicate a caution condition and a red background color will indicate a warning condition.

Every screen in the information center will include the aerial tip temperature, the time ( 12 - or
24 -
hour mode) and a text Alert Center. The time will be synchronized between all Command Zone color displays located on the vehicle. The Alert Center will display text messages for audible alarms. The text messages will identify any items causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (
1 ) audible alarm is activated, the text message for each alarm will cycle every second until the problems have been resolved. The background for the Alert Center will change to indicate the severity of the warning message. Amber will indicate a caution condition and red will indicate a warning condition. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all Alert Center messages.

A label will be provided for each button. The label will indicate the function for each active button for each screen. If the button is not utilized on specific screens, it will have a button label with no text.

Symbols will accurately depict the aerial device type the information pertains to such as rear mount ladder, rear mount platform, mid-mount ladder or mid-mount platform.

PAGE SCREENS
The Information center will include the following pages:

The Aerial Main and Load Chart page will indicate the following information:
- Rungs Aligned and Rungs Not Aligned will be indicated with text and respective green or red colored ladder symbols.
- Ladder Elevation will be indicated via a fire apparatus vehicle with ladder symbol with the degree of elevation indicated between the vehicle and ladder. - Water Flow (if applicable) will be indicated via a water nozzle symbol and text indicating flow / time.
- Breathing Air Levels will be indicated via an air bottle symbol and text indicating the percent (%) of air remaining. A green bar graphs shown inside the bottle will indicate oxygen levels above 20%
. A red bar graph will indicate oxygen levels at or below 20%
. When oxygen levels are at or
below
10%
the red bar graph will flash.
- The Aerial Load Chart will indicate the load limit on each section of the ladder based on actual ladder position and water flow (if applicable).
-
At A Glance
color features will be utilized on this screen. Caution type conditions will be indicated via a yellow background. Warning type conditions will be indicated via a red background. Conditions operating within acceptable limits will be indicated via a green background.

The Aerial Reach and Hydraulic Systems page will indicate the following information:
- Aerial Hydraulic Oil Temperature will be indicated with symbol and text. At a glance features will be utilized.
- Aerial Hydraulic Oil Pressure will be indicated with a symbol and text. At a glance features will be utilized.
- The following calculations will be indicated on a representative vehicle symbol:
- Aerial Device Extension length.
- Aerial Device Height indicating the height of the aerial device tip from the ground. - Aerial Device Reach indicating the horizontal distance the aerial reaches from the turntable. - Aerial Device Angle indicating the angle from the vehicle which the device is at. -
At A Glance
color features will be utilized on this screen. Caution type conditions will be indicated via a yellow background. Warning type conditions will be indicated via a red background. Conditions operating within acceptable limits will be indicated via a green background.

The Level Vehicle page will indicate the following information:
- The grade of the vehicle will be indicated via a fire apparatus vehicle symbol with the degree of 59 884
Bid #:

grade shown in text format. The symbol will tilt dependent on the vehicle grade. - The slope of the vehicle will be indicated via a fire apparatus vehicle symbol with the degree of slope shown in text format. The symbol will tilt dependent on the vehicle slope. - Outriggers status will be indicated via a colored symbol for each outrigger present. Each outrigger status will be defined as one of the following:
- Outrigger stowed indicated with a silver pan located close to the vehicle - Outrigger fully extended indicated with a fully deployed green outrigger - Outrigger short-jacked indicated by a yellow outrigger partially deployed - Outrigger not set indicated by a red outrigger that is not set on the ground - A text box located on the vehicle symbol will be utilized to identify the overall status of the outrigger leveling system. The following status will be indicated in the text box:
- Deployed status will indicate all outriggers are properly set on the ground at full extension - Shortjacked status will indicate one or more outriggers are set on the ground but not fully extended.
- Not Set status will indicate one or more outriggers is not properly set on the ground. - Stowed status will indicate all outriggers are stowed for vehicle travel. - A bedding assist alert will indicate that the aerial device is being aligned by the Command Zone system as the operator lowers the aerial device into the cradle with the joystick. -
At A Glance
color features will be utilized on this screen. Caution type conditions will be indicated via a yellow background. Warning type conditions will be indicated via a red background. Conditions operating within acceptable limits will be indicated via a green background.

MENU SCREENS
The following screens will be available through the Menu button:

The View System Information screen will display aerial device hours, aerial PTO hours, ladder aligned for stowing, aerial rotation angle, total water flow (if applicable), and aerial waterway valve status (if applicable).

The Set Display Brightness screen will allow brightness increase and decrease and include a default setting button.

The Configure Video Mode screen will allow setting of video contrast, video color and video tint.

The Set Startup screen allows setting of the screen that will be active at vehicle power-up.

The Set Date and Time screen has a
12 - or
24 -hour format, and allows setting of the time and
date.

The View Active Alarms screen shows a list of all active alarms including the date and time of each alarm occurrence and shows all alarms that are silenced.

The System Diagnostics screen allows the user to view system status for each module and it's respective inputs and outputs. Viewable data will include the module type and ID number; the module version; and module diagnostics information including input or output number, the circuit number connected to that input or output, the circuit name (item connected to the circuit), status of the input or output, and other module diagnostic information.

Aerial calibrations screen indicates items that may be calibrated by the user and instructions to follow for proper calibration of the aerial device.

Button functions and button labels may change with each screen.

LOWER CONTROL STATION
A lower control station will be located at the rear of the apparatus in an easily accessible area.

The controls and indication labels will be illuminated, for nighttime operation. The following items will be furnished at the lower control station and will be clearly identified and Conveniently located for ease of operation and viewing:
- Level assist switch
- Override switch to override microprocessor
- Emergency power unit switch

TURNTABLE CONTROL STATION
There will be one (
1 ) device control station located on the left side of the turntable so the operator may easily observe the ladder while operating the controls. All elevation, extension and rotation controls will operate from this location. The controls will permit the operator to regulate the speed of the aerial functions, within the safe limits, as determined by the manufacturer and NFPA standards. Each control will be equipped with a positive lock to hold the control in a neutral position preventing accidental activation. In addition to the neutral lock, a console cover will be provided at the turntable control station. The controls will be so designed to allow the turntable control station to immediately override the tip controls, if equipped, even if the ladder is being operated by the tip controls.

The following items will also be provided at the turntable control station, clearly identified and illuminated for nighttime operation and conveniently located for ease of operation and viewing:
- Intercom controls
- Tip tracking light switch
- Emergency stop switch
- Emergency power unit switch
- Operator's load chart
- Ladder illumination switch (if equipped)
- Aerial monitor switches (if equipped)

TURNTABLE WORK LIGHTS
There will be a minimum of two (
2 ),
12 -volt work lights installed on the turntable, to illuminate the surrounding area for nighttime operation. The work lights will be activated by the aerial master switch.

HIGH IDLE
The high idle will be controlled by the microprocessor. The microprocessor will automatically adjust the engine rpm, to compensate for the amount of load placed upon the system. The system will include a safety device that allows activation of the high idle, only when the parking brake is set and the transmission is placed in neutral. 60 884
Bid #:

0743299
Remote Tip Controls, ASL/105' MUX

REMOTE AERIAL CONTROL
A remote control will be provided whereby all ladder movements can be controlled at the ladder tip, in addition to the control console.

The three (
3 ) ladder functions (extension, rotation, elevation) will be controlled individually by means of spring loaded, return to center
12 -volt proportional controls.

A momentary switch at the turntable control station will enable the controls at the ladder tip.

The turntable control console ladder controls will override the ladder tip controls.

The remote control aerial speed will be set in accordance with the current NFPA 1901
standards.
0645078
Stabilizers, 105' HD Rear Mount
Steel Aerial, 14' Spread, 18" Pen,
500# tip, MUX

STABILIZERS
The vehicle will come equipped with a stabilization system consisting of four ( 4 ) hydraulically
operated out and down style stabilizers. This system will meet or exceed all requirements of the NFPA specifications related to stabilization and setup on sloped surfaces.

The stabilizer/leveling jacks will have a maximum spread of 14 ' measured from the centerline of
the jack footpads when the beams are fully extended. The beams will be

6.88 " wide x

9.00 " high
with
3/4
" thick top and bottom plates and
1/2
" thick sides of
100,000
-PSI minimum yield strength
steel. The cylinders will have pilot-operated check valves with thermal relief designed to insure that the beams will not drift out of the stowed position during travel. Wear pads will guide the stabilizers.

The horizontal extension cylinders will be totally enclosed within the beams and will incorporate telescoping hydraulic tubing to supply the jack cylinder hydraulic power. Stabilizer hydraulic hoses will remain stationary during operation of the stabilizers to prevent hose wear and potential failure. The cylinders will be equipped with decelerators to reduce the speed of extension and retraction when the beams are near the fully retracted and extended positions. The stabilizer extension hydraulic cylinders will have the following dimensions:

2.25 " bore,

1.38 " rod, and

39.25 "
stroke.

The vertical jack cylinders will be capable of

18.00 " ground penetration. The cylinders will be
supplied with pilot operated check valves on each jack cylinder to hold the cylinder in the stowed or working position, should a charged line be severed at any point in the hydraulic system. For safety, the integral holding valves will be located in the cylinder base, NOT in the transfer tube.

Vertical jack cylinder rods will be fully enclosed by a telescoping inner box to protect the cylinder rods from damage. The stabilizer jack hydraulic cylinders will have the following dimensions:

4.25 " bore,

3.00 " rod, and

28.88 " stroke.

Each stabilizer jack will have a pan that will be a maximum of

14.00 " wide so as to allow the
extension of the stabilizer between parked cars or other obstacles. This pan will serve as a protective guard and a mounting surface for warning lights. The top, forward, and rear edges will be flanged back
90 degrees for added strength.

STABILIZER PADS
The stabilizer footpad will be

12.00 " in diameter. The footpad will be attached to the jack cylinder rod by means of a machined ball at the end of the jack cylinder rod which mates to a socket machined into the footpad. The footpad will have the ability to pivot 20 degrees from horizontal in
any direction to allow setup on uneven terrain.

AUXILIARY STABILIZER PADS
An auxiliary ground pad will be supplied for each stabilizer to provide additional load distribution on soft surfaces. The pads will be
31 " x
26 " and made from
lightweight composite material
. The
ground pressure will not exceed
75 pounds per square inch when the ground pads are used and the apparatus is fully loaded and the aerial device is carrying its rated capacity in any position.

The pads will be stored in a double stacked configuration, two ( 2 ) behind each rear tandem axle
in a single bracket.

STABILIZER CONTROLS
A portable stabilizer control box will be provided. The control box will be weatherproof and oil resistant. Each function and indicator light will be labeled on a metal photo panel. The control box can be taken as far away as
15 feet from the vehicle with an extension cable.

The stabilizer control box will include the following:
- One (
1 ) green power indicator light for stabilizer control that will be illuminated when the aerial master and "PTO" switches in the cab are activated.
- Four (
4 ) electric toggle switches for stabilizers: each toggle switch will control the extend/retract and raise/lower of its respective stabilizer to allow vehicle set up in restricted areas and/or on uneven surfaces.
- Auto leveling assist switch: The outrigger control system will incorporate a computerized self leveling system in addition to the standard outrigger controls. The operator will have the option to manually or automatically level the truck. The computerized system will ensure full outrigger extension, proper jack penetration, and will level the vehicle within 1/2
a degree of level for safe
operation of the aerial device.
- One (
1 ) electric toggle switch for the engaging the emergency power unit. - One (
1 ) red "stabilizer not stowed" indicator light: this light will illuminate when the stabilizers are not in the fully stowed position.
- Four (
4 ) fully extended beams green indicator lights: these lights will be illuminated when each of the respective stabilizer beams are fully extended.
- Four (
4 ) firm on ground green indicator lights: each light will be illuminated when its respective stabilizer shoe is in the load supporting condition.

Each toggle switch will activate the engine fast idle automatically.

Manual override will be supplied for each stabilizer control valve.

A "Stabilizers Not Stowed" indicator will be provided in the driver's compartment. It will illuminate automatically whenever the stabilizers are not fully stowed to prevent damage to the apparatus if moved. The stabilizer system will also be wired to the "Do Not Move Indicator Light", which will flash whenever the apparatus parking brake is not fully engaged and the stabilizers are not fully stowed.

CRADLE INTERLOCK SYSTEM
A cradle interlock system will be provided, to prevent the lifting of the aerial from the nested position, until the operator has positioned all the stabilizers in a load supporting configuration. A switch will be installed at the cradle, to prevent operation of the stabilizers once the aerial has been elevated from the nested position.
61 884
Bid #:

0729051
Stabilizer Pan and Trim Material

STABILIZER PAN AND TRIM MATERIAL
The aerial stabilizer pans will be
polished stainless steel
and the aerial stabilizer trim will be
polished stainless steel
.
0530819
Not Required, Aerial Stabilizer Pins

STABILIZER PINS
The stabilizer jacks will not have holes for the stabilizer pins. 0548900
Door, Stabilizer Control Box, Aerial
MUX, Hinged Outboard, Smooth
Aluminum

STABILIZER CONTROL BOX ALUMINUM DOOR
A vertically hinged smooth aluminum door will be provided over the stabilizer control box. The door will be hinged outboard.
0540495
Pads, Stabilizer, Modified to Slide On

STABILIZER PADS, MODIFIED
The
four (
4 )
auxiliary stabilizer pads will be modified so they can be installed on the bottom of the stabilizer. The auxiliary stabilizer pad holders on the truck will also be modified. 62 884
Bid #:

0121266
Hydraulic System, PAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
All hose assemblies will be assembled and crimped by the hose manufactures certified technician. An assembly cell will be located on the premises where the technician can perform audits of the final aerial assembly for proper fitting torque and hose routing.

All manufacturing employees responsible for the installation of hydraulic components will be properly trained. Training will include: proper handling, installation, torque requirements, cleanliness and quality control procedures for hydraulic components.

Hoses used in the aerial hydraulic system will be of a premium quality hose with a high abrasion resistant cover. All pressure hoses will have a working pressure of 4000
psi. and a burst pressure
rating of
16,000
psi.

The hydraulic oil will be a premium Multi-Vis product that will have a leading edge additive package, provide oxidation stability, be extremely shear stable, and have maximum anti-wear properties. All oil delivered to the manufacturing site will have a minimum ISO cleanliness level of 18/15/13
.

Each aerial will be evaluated as to the region and climate where it will be used to determine the optimum viscosity and proper oil grade. Oil viscosity will be based on an optimum range of 80 to
1000
SUS during normal aerial use. Before shipment of the unit, an oil sample will be taken and analyzed to confirm the oil is within the allowable ISO grade tolerance.

The aerial hydraulic system will have a minimum oil cleanliness level of ISO 18/15/13
based on
the ISO
4406:1999
cleanliness standard. Each customer will receive a certificate of actual cleanliness test results and an explanation of the rating system.

Each aerial will include an oil sample port, identified with a yellow dust cap and a label, for subsequent customer testing.

Ball valves will be provided in the hydraulic suction and return lines to permit component servicing without draining the oil reservoir.

The system hydraulic pressure will be displayed on a

2.5 " liquid filled gauge, located on the
control console.

The hydraulic system will be additionally protected from excessive pressure by a secondary pressure relief valve set at
3150
psi. In the event the main hydraulic pump compensator
malfunctions, the secondary relief will prevent system damage.

HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS
All cylinders used on the aerial device will be produced by a manufacturer that specializes in the manufacture of hydraulic cylinders.

Each cylinder will include integral safety holding cartridges.

Each cylinder will be designed to a minimum safety factor of 4:1
to failure.

All safety holding cartridges will be installed at the cylinder manufacturer, in a controlled clean environment to avoid possible contamination and or failure.

HYDRAULIC PUMP
The hydraulic system will be supplied by a variable displacement, load and pressure compensating piston pump. The pump will meet the demands of all three ( 3 ) simultaneous aerial
functions. The pump will provide proper flow for a single aerial function with the engine at idle speed. A switch will be provided on the control console to increase the engine speed for multiple function operation.

EMERGENCY PUMP
The aerial will be equipped with an emergency hydraulic pump, electrically driven from the truck batteries. The pump will be capable of running for
30 minutes for limited aerial functions to stow
the unit in case of a main pump or truck system failure. A momentary switch will be located at the stabilizer and aerial control locations to activate the emergency pump.

AERIAL CONTROL VALVE
The aerial hydraulic control valve will be designed with special spool flows, limiting the oil flow for the designed function speed. The valve will be manually controlled and be located in the control console with the handles protruding through the operating surface for operation. The activation handles will be spaced a minimum of

3.5 " for ease of operation.

OIL RESERVOIR
The oil reservoir will have a minimum capacity of
38 gallons. The oil fill location will be easily
accessible and be labeled "Hydraulic Oil Only" and also indicate the grade of oil that is installed in the reservoir. The fill will have a desiccant breather filter with a water capacity of 4 fluid ounces
and a
5 micron rating. A drain hose will be included and will terminate with a quarter turn ball valve. Two (
2 ) suction ports will be provided, one (
1 ) for the main hydraulic pump and one (
1 ) for
the emergency pump. The main suction will be slightly elevated off the bottom of the reservoir and include a
100
mesh suction strainer. The emergency suction port will be closer to the bottom of the reservoir to provide some reserve oil for emergency operation. A six ( 6 ) disc type magnetic
drain will also be provided to collect any ferrous contaminants. A float type sending unit in the reservoir will provide an indication of oil level on an electric gauge mounted adjacent to the fill location.

HIGH PRESSURE FILTER
The pressure filter will be rated for
6,000
psi working pressure and generously sized for efficiency and capacity. A
90 psi bypass spring will be included to protect the element and hydraulic system during lower than normal system operating temperatures.

The
5 Q filter element will be constructed of a micro glass medium, which has the highest capture efficiency, dirt holding capacity and life expectancy over other media such as cellulose and synthetic. The nominal rating will be
5 micron and have an efficiency rating of

99.3 % for
5 micron
sized particles. The element will have a dirt holding capacity of not less than 35 grams.

RETURN FILTER
The return filter will be rated for
800
psi working pressure and generously sized for efficiency and capacity. A
25 psi bypass spring will be included to protect the element and hydraulic system during lower than normal system operating temperatures. The 5 Q filter element will be
constructed of a micro glass medium, which has the highest capture efficiency, dirt holding capacity and life expectancy over other media such as cellulose and synthetic. The nominal rating will be
5 microns and have an efficiency rating of

99.6%
for
5 micron sized particles. The
element will have a dirt holding capacity of not less than 40 grams.
63 884
Bid #:

0684164
Swivels, D-Series w/Encoder, PAL
MUX (32 Collector Rings)

HYDRAULIC SWIVEL
The aerial ladder will be equipped with a three (
3 ) port, high pressure hydraulic swivel which will
connect the hydraulic lines from the hydraulic pump and reservoir through the rotation point to the aerial control bank. The hydraulic swivel will allow for 360
degree continuous rotation of the
aerial.

ELECTRIC SWIVEL
The ladder will be equipped with an electric swivel to allow 360
degrees rotation of the aerial
while connecting all electrical circuits through the rotation point. A minimum of 32 collector rings
will be provided that are capable of supplying
20 amp continuous service. All collector rings will
be enclosed and protected with desiccant plugs against condensation and corrosion. No oil or silicone will be used.
12 -BIT ABSOLUTE ENCODER
The aerial ladder will be equipped with a
12 -Bit Absolute Encoder which provides
4096
counts
per shaft turn for position and direction reference.

The
12 -Bit Absolute Encoder will provide a unique binary word to reference each position and direction for all
360
degrees of rotation.

If the power is interrupted for any reason, the
12 -Bit Absolute Encoder will allow power to be
returned to the system without having to re-zero the settings.

The
12 -Bit Absolute Encoder will be an integral part of a micro-processor based control system. 0660358
Electrical System, 105' HDL, MUX

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
The
105
' heavy duty ladder will utilize a microprocessor-based control system. The system will consist of the following components:

A tethered stabilizer control will be provided. The tethered control will be weatherproof and oil resistant. A Super Bright LED indicator light will be labeled on a metal photo panel for each function. The electrical connection at the tethered control will be permanently attached by a strained relieved coil cord that will allow the operator to move 14 ' away from the electrical
connection for operation.

Remote Stabilizer Controls
Weatherproof and oil resistant
One (
1 ) green "power" indicator light
One (
1 ) red "stabilizer not stowed" indicator light
One (
1 ) electric toggle switch for auto level assist
One (
1 ) electric toggle switch for the emergency power unit One (
1 ) electric toggle switch for each stabilizer to control:

Extend/retract function
Raise/lower function
One (
1 ) green "stabilizer fully extended" indicator light for each stabilizer One (
1 ) green "firm on ground" indicator light for each stabilizer Control System Modules
Each of the control system modules will be configured as follows:

Sealed to a NEMA
4 rating
Operating range from -
40 degrees F to
185
degrees F (-
40 degrees C to
85 degrees C)
Communicate using J
1939
data link
Two (
2 ) diagnostic LED light
One (
1 ) green light that illuminates when module has power (B+) and ground One (
1 ) red light that flashes to indicate the module is capable of communicating via the data link Ground matrix identification system
The following control system modules will be used:

Control Module
Main controller for the system
RS
232
connection allows for computer diagnostics
Power Module
Built-in fault sensing
Eight (
8 ) digital outputs
Pulse width modulating (PWM) capable
15 A continuous per output
Circuit protection based on actual current draw (not affected by heat) Constant Current Module
Built-in fault sensing
Four (
4 ) analog inputs
Eight (
8 ) digital outputs
Pulse width modulating (PWM) capable
4 A continuous per output
Circuit protection based on actual current draw (not affected by heat) Input Module
16 software selectable (digital or analog) inputs
Output Module
16 digital outputs
Input/Output Module
Eight (
8 ) software selectable (digital or analog) inputs
Eight (
8 ) digital outputs
0804781
Spot Lts Aerial Device Separated into
Aerial Tip Scene, Aerial Tracking
Scene
64 884
Bid #:

0803462
Lights, Tip, Wln MP** LED, 2lts

TIP LIGHT
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen® Model MP**,
5,695
lumens
12 volt DC LED lights installed at the
tip of the aerial device.

One (
1 ) will be located on the left side with
left side tip light to include spot optics
.

One (
1 ) will be located on the right side with
right side tip light to include spot optics
.

The
light(s) to be installed on adjustable bail bracket(s)
.

The
painted parts of this light assembly to be white
The lights will be controlled with the tracking lights. 0802753
Lights, Tracking, Wln MP** LED, 2lts

TRACKING LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen® MP**,
5,695
lumens
12 volt DC LED lights installed on the base
section of the aerial device below the hand rails per the following:

One (
1 ) will be located on the left side with
left side tracking light to include spot optics
.

One (
1 ) will be located on the right side with
right side tracking light to include spot optics
.

The
light(s) to be installed on adjustable bail bracket(s)
.

The
painted parts of this light assembly to be white
.

The tracking lights will be controlled by a switch located at the platform/tip and turntable
.
0618906
Lighting, Rung, LED, TecNiq, 4
Section, Base, Lower/Upper Mid, Fly,
3 Colors RWB

LIGHTING ON AERIAL LADDER
There will be TecNiq, Model D
02 , LED rung lighting provided on both sides of the aerial ladder base, lower and upper mid, and fly sections. The lighting will be located adjacent to the ladder rungs along the lower rail of the ladder sections and will run the length of the ladder section.

The color of the aerial device when the device is at full extension will be:

Top one-third to be red
Middle one-third to be white
Bottom one-third to be blue
The LED rung lighting will be activated when
a switch at the turntable operator's panel is
activated through the aerial master and a switch at the turntable operator's panel is activated through the master battery switch
.

The lights may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0540743
Lights, Stabilizer Warn (2) Sets, Wln
M6*C LED, Clear Lens

STABILIZER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be our (
4 ) Whelen®, Model M
6 *C, LED flashing warning lights with Whelen, Model
M
6 FC, chrome flanges installed, one (
1 ) on each stabilizer cover panel.

The front stabilizer pan lights will be
red
LED with a clear lens
The rear stabilizer pan lights will be
red
LED with a clear lens
These warning lights will be activated by the same switch as the side warning lights. 0068701
Lights, Grote Supernova LED,
Stabilizer Beam, (2) Sets

STABILIZER BEAM WARNING LIGHTS
Two (
2 )

4.00 " diameter red LED flashing lights will be mounted on each stabilizer, one ( 1 ) facing
forward and one (
1 ) facing rearward. The lights will be Grote Supernova 40 series LED lights. The
lights will be recessed in the horizontal beam of the stabilizer. These warning lights will be activated with the aerial master switch.
0762388
Lights, Stabilizer Scene, (2) sets,
Amdor AY-LB-12HW012, LED

STABILIZER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be one (
1 ) Amdor®, Model AY-LB-
12 HW
012
,
190
lumen,
12 " long, white LED strip light
installed under each stabilizer beam to illuminate the surrounding area. A total of four ( 4 ) lights
will be installed. The lights will be activated by the aerial master switch. 0633833
SP
DC Power To Aerial Tip, 11.2 Amp @
12 Volt DC
DC POWER CABLE to TIP
There will be a cable installed in the aerial device to provide

11.2 amps @
12 volts DC to the tip
of the aerial device.
0737181
Intercom, 2-Way Fire Research
ICA910 Hands Free

2 -WAY AERIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
There will be a Fire Research model ICA
910
two-way intercom system provided. The control
module with an LED volume display and push-button volume control will be located on the turntable operator console.

A hands free module will be located at the aerial tip or platform and constantly transmit to the other module unless the control module push-to-talk button is pressed.

Each intercom unit will be weatherproof.
0540895
Not Required, Breathing Air to Tip,
Aerial Ladder
0024742
Not Required, Mask, Breathing Air To
Tip
0126600
Raised Pedestal, 3.00", Rear Mount
Aerials, AXT, Velocity, Impel, Enf

RAISED AERIAL PEDESTAL
The aerial pedestal will be raised to accommodate the height of the cab. 65 884
Bid #:

0565615
LyfePulley, Rescue System

RESCUE LIFTING SYSTEM
A rescue lifting attachment will be provided. The lifting attachment will mount to the aerial
egress and will consist of a pair of nylatron pulleys mounted to a stainless steel shaft. The pulleys will be adjustable from side to side and will have a total lifting capacity of 500
lb,
regardless of whether one (
1 ) or both pulleys are being utilized.
0645472
Rope Tie Bar At Base Section, for
Lyfe Pulley, Painted
Box,Ascendant,105',Tiller

ROPE TIE BAR AT BASE SECTION, RESCUE LIFTING SYSTEM
A removable bracket will be supplied at the rear of the base section, attached between the left hand and right hand rear hand rails. The bracket will provide Lyfe Pulley rope tie off and/or guide points spaced

5.75 " apart, centered between the rear hand rails. The bracket will be designed to be easily removable and not interfere with a fully retracted ladder assembly when attached to the base section. A storage box for the bracket will be provided on the outside rear of the base section. The storage box and bracket will be painted to match the aerial device. 0597280
Lifting Eye Assembly, Rope Rescue
Attachment, HDL

LIFTING EYE ASSEMBLY - ROPE RESCUE ATTACHMENT
A lifting eye assembly will be provided that is designed to evenly distribute load at the tip of the aerial. The egress will include attachment points for the lifting eye assembly. The lift eye assembly is retained by two (
2 ) locking pins, one (
1 ) at each end outboard side of the egress.

Leveling is maintained by the lifting eye assembly rotating within the egress mounting. 0530828
Turntable Access, Chains

AERIAL TURNTABLE CHAIN
A chain will be installed at the aerial turntable.
0026950
Waterway, 100'/105' HDL

WATER SYSTEM
A waterway system will be provided consisting of the following components and features:

5.00 " pipe connected to the water supply on one end and to a water swivel at the rotation point of the turntable. The water swivel will allow the ladder to rotate 360
degrees continuously while
flowing water.

4.00 " waterway swivel is to be routed through the rotation point swivel up to the heel pin swivel.

The heel pin swivel will allow the water to flow to the ladder pipe while elevating the aerial ladder from -
5 degrees to
75 degrees. The heel pivot pin is not integral with the waterway swivel at any point. The design of the waterway will allow complete servicing of the waterway swivel without disturbing the heel pivot pin.

The integral telescopic water system will consist of a

4.50 " diameter tube in the base section, a

4.00 " diameter tube in the inner mid-section,

3.50 " diameter tube in the outer mid-section and a

3.00 " diameter tube in the fly section. The telescopic water pipes will be anodized aluminum.

The rotational torque will have adequate power to rotate the ladder into a full 1000
gallon per
minute water stream directed at
90 degrees to the side while maintaining the
500
pound tip load.

The aerial will be capable of discharging up to
1000
gallons per minute at
100
pounds per square
inch parallel to the ladder and
90 degrees to each side of center while maintaining the fully rated tip load.

An adjustable intake relief valve will be furnished to protect the aerial waterway from a pressure surge.

1.50 " drain valve will be located at the lowest point of the waterway system.

WATERWAY SEALS
The waterway seals will be of type-B PolyPak design, composed of nitroxile seal and a nitrile wiper, which together offer maximum stability and extrusion resistance on the waterway. The seal will be capable of withstanding pressures up to
2000
psi, temperatures in excess of
250
degrees
Fahrenheit and have resistance to all foam generating solutions. The seals will be internally lubricated.

The waterway seals will have automatic centering guides constructed of synthetic thermalpolymer. The guides will provide positive centering of the extendible sections within each other and the base section to insure longer service life and smoother operation. 0632856
Monitor, Akron 3480 StreamMaster II
Electric

AERIAL MONITOR
An Akron Model
3480
monitor with stow and deploy will be provided at the tip with a Akron
3499

stacked tips and
3485
stream shaper
.

The monitor's functions will be controlled electrically from two ( 2 ) separate locations. One (
1 )
control will be located at the control console and the other at the ladder tip.

There will be a courtesy light at the tip of the aerial to illuminate the controls.

Vertical travel of this monitor will be -
45 degrees to
90 degrees. Horizontal rotation will be
90 degrees to each side of the center line of the aerial device. 0532003
Flowmeter / Pressure, FRC Model
FP530, Aerial Turntable

FLOW METERS
A Fire Research Corporation (FRC) Model FP
530
, combination digital pressure and flow indicator
with four (
4 ) digit LED display will be provided for the aerial waterway at the turntable control station.

The display will have a flow totalizer, programmable high and low flow warnings, and automatically adjust LED brightness for day/night viewing. 0026952
Inlet, 5.00" at Rear w/o Midship
Pump, Ascendant Tandem, PAP,
PAL, 75' HDL

REAR INLET
A

5.00 " NST inlet to the aerial waterway will be provided at the rear of the apparatus. It will be furnished with a

5.00 " chrome plated adapter and a

5.00 " chrome plated, long handle cap.
66 884
Bid #:

0673128
Quick-Lock Waterway Locking
System, 100' HDL, 105' HDL, ASL

WATERWAY LOCKING SYSTEM
The aerial ladder waterway monitor will be capable of being positioned at either the fly section or at the next lower section of the ladder.

The monitor location will be changeable by the use of a single handle, located at the side of the ladder.

The handle, attached to a cam bracket, will simply be moved forward to lock the monitor at the fly section and back to lock it to the previous section.

There will be no pins to remove and reinstall.

The monitor will be operational at all times, regardless of its position, without connecting or disconnecting electrical lines.
0772264
SP
Adapter, Aerial Inlet, 5" FNST x 4.5"
MNST w/Cap

AERIAL INLET ADAPTER
There will be
one (
1 )

5.00 " FNST x

4.50 " MNST adapter with blind cap provided on the aerial inlet.
0634792
SP
Outlet, 2.50" Auxiliary, LHS, Aerial
Tip, Painted Gate Valve

2.50 " AUXILIARY OUTLET AT AERIAL TIP
An auxiliary hose connection outlet will be supplied at the tip of the aerial ladder. It will be located on the left hand side of the aerial waterway.

Flow to the auxiliary outlet will be supplied by

2.50 " piping. A

2.50 " gate valve with a non-rising
stem and crank handle will be supplied. A cap and chain will be provided. The

2.50 " gate valve
will be painted
red
.

Flow to the aerial waterway monitor will be controlled by a

4.00 " aluminum butterfly valve with a
handwheel. The valve will be located at the monitor inlet.

A
200
psi relief valve and a .
75 " automatic drain valve will be supplied in the waterway at the tip. 0047897
Tools, Aerial

TOOLS
The following tools will be provided for retorquing of all specified bolts as recommended by the manufacturer:

Torque Wrench
All Required Extensions, Sockets and Adapters
4 -to-
1 Multiplier
0559494
Manuals and Training, 3 Consecutive
Days, Ascendant Ladder, PAL

MANUALS
Two (
2 ) operator maintenance manuals and two (
2 ) wiring diagrams pertaining to the aerial
device will be provided with the apparatus at time of pick-up.

INITIAL INSTRUCTION
On initial delivery of the fire apparatus, the contractor will supply a qualified representative to demonstrate the apparatus and provide initial instruction to the fire department regarding the operation, care, and maintenance of the apparatus for a period of three ( 3 ) consecutive days.
0007150
Bag of Nuts and Bolts

LOOSE EQUIPMENT
The following equipment will be furnished with the completed unit:

One (
1 ) bag
of chrome, stainless steel, or cadmium plated screws, nuts, bolts and washers, as used in the construction of the unit.
67 884
Bid #:

0602507
NFPA Required Loose Equipment,
Aerial, NFPA 2016, Provided by Fire
Department

NFPA REQUIRED LOOSE EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, section

8.9.3 will be
provided by the fire department.

Two (
2 )
3 ft -
4 ft plaster hooks with D handles mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus.

Two (
2 ) crowbars.

Two (
2 ) claw tools.

Two (
2 )
12 lb (
5 kg) sledgehammers.

One (
1 ) SCBA complying with NFPA
1981
for each assigned seating position, but not fewer than
four (
4 ), mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus or stored in containers supplied by the SCBA manufacturer.

One (
1 ) spare SCBA cylinder for each SCBA carried, each mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus or stored in a specially designed storage space(s).

One (
1 ) first aid kit.

Six (
6 ) salvage covers, each a minimum size of
12 ft ×
18 ft (

3.6 m ×

5.5 m).

Four (
4 ) combination spanner wrenches.

Two (
2 ) scoop shovels.

One (
1 ) pair of bolt cutters,
24 " (

0.6 m) minimum.

Four (
4 ) ladder belts meeting the requirements of NFPA
1983
.

One (
1 )
150
ft (
45 m) light-use life safety rope meeting the requirements of NFPA 1983
.

One (
1 )
150
ft (
45 m) general-use life safety rope meeting the requirements of NFPA 1983
.

Two (
2 )
150
ft (
45 m) utility ropes having a breaking strength of at least 5000
lb (
2300
kg).

One (
1 ) box of tools to include the following:
one (
1 ) hacksaw with three (
3 ) blades
one (
1 ) keyhole saw
one (
1 )
12 " (.
3 m) pipe wrench
one (
1 )
24 " (.
6 m) pipe wrench
one (
1 ) ballpeen hammer
one (
1 ) pair of tin snips
one (
1 ) pair of pliers
one (
1 ) pair of lineman's pliers
assorted types and sizes of screwdrivers
assorted adjustable wrenches
assorted combination wrenches
One (
1 ) traffic vest for each seating position, each vest to comply with ANSI/ISEA 207
,
Standard
for High Visibility Public Safety Vests
, and have a five-point breakaway feature that includes two (
2 ) at the shoulders, two (
2 ) at the sides, and one (
1 ) at the front.

Five (
5 ) fluorescent orange traffic cones not less than

28.00 " (
711
mm) in height, each equipped
with a

6.00 " (
152
mm) retro-reflective white band no more than

4.00 " (
152
mm) from the top of
the cone, and an additional

4.00 " (
102
mm) retro-reflective white band

2.00 " (
51 mm) below the

6.00 " (
152
mm) band.

Five (
5 ) illuminated warning devices such as highway flares, unless the five ( 5 ) fluorescent
orange traffic cones have illuminating capabilities.

One (
1 ) automatic external defibrillator (AED).

One (
1 ) double female

2.50 " adapter with National Hose Threads (if equipped with a fire pump).

One (
1 ) double male

2.50 " adapter with National Hose Threads (if equipped with a fire pump).

One (
1 ) rubber mallet, for use on suction hose connections (if equipped with a fire pump).

Two (
2 ) hydrant wrenches (if equipped with a fire pump).

If the supply hose carried does not use sexless couplings, an additional double female adapter and double male adapter, sized to fit the supply hose carried, will be carried mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus (if equipped with a fire pump).

If none of the pump intakes are valved, a hose appliance that is equipped with one or more gated intakes with female swivel connection(s) compatible with the supply hose used on one side and a swivel connection with pump intake threads on the other side will be carried. Any intake connection larger than

3.00 " (
75 mm) will include a pressure relief device that meets the requirements of

16.6.6 (if equipped with a fire pump).

If the apparatus does not have a

2.50 " National Hose (NH) intake, an adapter from

2.50 " NH
female to a pump intake will be carried, mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the intake (if equipped with a fire pump).

If the supply hose carried has other than

2.50 " National Hose (NH) threads, adapters will be
carried to allow feeding the supply hose from a

2.50 " NH thread male discharge and to allow the
hose to connect to a

2.50 " NH female intake, mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the discharge or intake (if equipped with a fire pump). 0602535
Extinguisher, Dry Chemical, Aerial
NFPA 2016, Provided by Fire
Department

DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, section

8.9.3 requires one (
1 ) approved dry chemical portable fire
extinguisher with a minimum
80 -B:C rating mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus.

The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher.
0602354
Extinguisher, 2.5 Gal. Pressurized
Water, Aerial,NFPA 2016,Provided
by Fire Dept

WATER EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, section

8.9.3 requires one (
1 )

2.5 gallon or larger water extinguisher
mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus.

The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher.
0007482
Not Required, Crowbars

0007484
Not Required, Claw Tools

68 884
Bid #:

0602675
Axes, (2) Flathead, Aerial NFPA
2016, Provided by Fire Department

FLATHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, Section

8.9.3 requires two (
2 ) flathead axes mounted in brackets
fastened to the apparatus.

The axes are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axes.
0602673
Axes, (3) Pickhead, Provided by Fire
Department, Aerial NFPA 2016

PICKHEAD AXES PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, Section

8.9.3 requires three (
3 ) pickhead axes mounted in brackets
fastened to the apparatus.

The axes are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axes.
0007494
Not Required, Sledgehammers

0741569
Paint Process / Environmental
Requirements, Appleton

PAINT PROCESS
The exterior custom cab and body painting procedure will consist of a seven ( 7 ) step finishing
process as follows:

Manual Surface Preparation
- All exposed metal surfaces on the custom cab and body will be thoroughly cleaned and prepared for painting. Imperfections on the exterior surfaces will be removed and sanded to a smooth finish. Exterior seams will be sealed before painting. Exterior surfaces that will not be painted include; chrome plating, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate.

Chemical Cleaning and Pretreatment
- All surfaces will be chemically cleaned to remove dirt, oil, grease, and metal oxides to ensure the subsequent coatings bond well. The aluminum surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high pressure, high temperature 4 step Acid Etch
process. The steel and stainless surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high temperature
3 step process specifically designed for steel or stainless. The chemical treatment converts the metal surface to a passive condition to help prevent corrosion.

Surfacer Primer
- The Surfacer Primer will be applied to a chemically treated metal surface to provide a strong corrosion protective basecoat. A minimum thickness of 2 mils of Surfacer Primer
is applied to surfaces that require a Critical aesthetic finish. The Surfacer Primer is a two- component high solids urethane that has excellent sanding properties and an extra smooth finish when sanded.

Finish Sanding
- The Surfacer Primer will be sanded with a fine grit abrasive to achieve an ultra- smooth finish. This sanding process is critical to produce the smooth mirror like finish in the topcoat.

Sealer Primer
- The Sealer Primer is applied prior to the Basecoat in all areas that have not been previously primed with the Surfacer Primer. The Sealer Primer is a two-component high solids urethane that goes on smooth and provides excellent gloss hold out when topcoated.

Base
coat Paint
- Two coats of a high performance, two component high solids polyurethane basecoat will be applied. The Basecoat will be applied to a thickness that will achieve the proper color match. The Basecoat will be used in conjunction with a urethane clear coat to provide protection from the environment.

Clear Coat
- Two (
2 ) coats of Clear Coat will be applied over the Basecoat color. The Clear Coat is a two-component high solids urethane that provides superior gloss and durability to the exterior surfaces. Lap style and roll-up doors will be Clear Coated to match the body. Paint warranty for the roll-up doors will be provided by the roll-up door manufacturer.

After the cab and body are painted, the color will be verified to make sure that it matches the color standard. Electronic color measuring equipment will be used to compare the color sample to the color standard entered into the computer. Color specifications will be used to determine the color match. A Delta E reading will be used to determine a good color match within each family color.

All removable items such as brackets, compartment doors, door hinges, and trim will be removed and painted separately if required, to ensure paint behind all mounted items. Body assemblies that cannot be finish painted after assembly will be finish painted before assembly.

The paint finish quality levels for critical areas of the apparatus (cab front and sides, body sides and doors, and boom lettering panels) are to meet or exceed Cadillac/General Motors GMW
15777
global paint requirements. Orange peel levels are to meet or exceed the #6

A.C.T.standard in critical areas. The manufacture's written paint standards will be available upon request.

Environmental Impact
Contractor will meet or exceed all current state regulations concerning paint operations. Pollution control will include measures to protect the atmosphere, water and soil. Controls will include the following conditions:

Topcoats and primers will be chrome and lead free.

Metal treatment chemicals will be chrome free. The wastewater generated in the metal treatment process will be treated on-site to remove any other heavy metals.

Particulate emission collection from sanding operations will have a

99.99 percent efficiency
factor.

Particulate emissions from painting operations will be collected by a dry filter or water wash process. If the dry filter is used, it will have an efficiency rating of 98 percent. Water wash
systems will be

99.97 percent efficient
Water from water wash booths will be reused. Solids will be removed on a continual basis to keep the water clean.

Paint wastes are disposed of in an environmentally safe manner.

Empty metal paint containers will be recycled to recover the metal.

Solvents used in clean-up operations will be recycled on-site or sent off-site for distillation and returned for reuse.

Additionally, the finished apparatus will not be manufactured with or contain products that have ozone depleting substances. Contractor will, upon demand, present evidence that the manufacturing facility meets the above conditions and that it is in compliance with his state EPA rules and regulations.
69 884
Bid #:

0709567
Paint, Single Color, Enforcer

CAB PAINT
The cab will be painted
#80
red
.
0709845
Paint, Single Color, Body

BODY PAINT
The body will be
painted to match the lower section of the cab
.
0646901
Paint Chassis Frame Assy, With
Liner, E-Coat, Standard

PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY
The chassis frame assembly will be finished with
a single system black top coat
before the
installation of the cab and body, and before installation of the engine and transmission assembly, air brake lines, electrical wire harnesses, etc.

Components that are included with the chassis frame assembly that will be painted are:

Frame rails
Frame liners
Cross members
Axles
Suspensions
Steering gear
Battery boxes
Bumper extension weldment
Frame extensions
Body mounting angles
Rear Body support substructure (front and rear)
Pump house substructure
Air tanks
Steel fuel tank
Castings
Individual piece parts used in chassis and body assembly Components treated with epoxy E-coat protection prior to paint:

Two (
2 ) C-channel frame rails
Two (
2 ) frame liners
The E-coat process will meet the technical properties shown. 0693798
Paint, Front Wheels

PAINT, FRONT WHEELS
All wheel surfaces, inside and outside, will be provided with powder coat paint
#101
black
.
0693795
Paint, Rear Wheels, Tandem Axle

PAINT, REAR WHEELS
All wheel surfaces, inside and outside, will be provided with powder coat paint
#101
black
.
0733739
Paint, Axle Hubs

AXLE HUB PAINT
All axle hubs will be painted
black
#101
.
0007230
Compartment, Painted, Spatter Gray

COMPARTMENT INTERIOR PAINT
The interior of all compartments will be painted with a gray spatter finish for ease of cleaning and to make it easier to touch up scratches and nicks.
70 884
Bid #:

0795871
Aerial Ladder Paint

AERIAL DEVICE PAINT COLOR
The aerial device paint procedure will consist of a seven ( 7 ) step finishing process as follows:
1 .

Manual Surface Preparation
- All exposed metal surfaces on the aerial device structural components above the rotation point will be thoroughly cleaned and mechanically shot-blasted to remove metal impurities and prepare the aerial for painting. 2 .

Zinc Rich Primer
- Zinc rich primer will be applied to the torque box and stabilizers. 3 .

Primer/Surfacer Coats
- A two (
2 ) component epoxy primer/surfacer will be applied to the mechanically shot-blasted metal surfaces to provide a strong corrosion protective base coat and to smooth out the surface. All seams will be caulked with a two ( 2 ) component epoxy caulk before
painting.
4 .

Hand Sanding
- The primer/surfacer coat of the outer surfaces of the hand rails and base rails will be lightly sanded to a smooth finish.
5 .

Primer Coat
- A two (
2 ) component epoxy primer coat will be applied over the sanded primer. 6 .

Topcoat Paint
- Urethane base coat will be applied to opacity for correct color matching. 7 .

Clear Coat
- Two (
2 ) coats of an automotive grade two (
2 ) component urethane will be applied.

Surfaces that will not be painted include all chrome plated, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate.

All buy out components, such as monitor, nozzle, gauges, etc. will be supplied as received from the vendor.

Removable items such as brackets will be removed and painted separately to ensure paint coverage behind all mounted items.

The aerial device components will be painted as follows using the aforementioned seven ( 7 ) step
finishing process:

Aerial device ladder sections and extension cylinders:
white
10 Aerial turntable:
white
10 Aerial control console:
white
10 Aerial lift cylinders:
white
10 Aerial rotation motor (where applicable):
black
Aerial torque box, support structure and components below the rotation point:
gloss black primer
Aerial stabilizers:
black
101
Aerial egress (will be contrasting to the aerial ladder section color):
#50
red
Aerial boom support:
gloss black primer
0544111
Reflective Band, 10"

REFLECTIVE BAND
A

10.00 "
white
reflective band will be provided across the front of the vehicle and along the sides of the body.
0007356
Reflective across Cab Face

The reflective band provided on the cab face will be at the headlight level. 0583454
Stripe, Chevron, Rear, Diamond
Grade, Aerial

REAR CHEVRON STRIPING
There will be alternating chevron striping located on the rear-facing vertical surface of the apparatus. Covered surfaces will include the rear wall and aluminum doors. Rear compartment doors, stainless steel access doors, and the rear bumper will not be covered.

The colors will be red and
fluorescent yellow green
diamond grade.

Each stripe will be

6.00 " in width.

This will meet the requirements of the current edition of NFPA 1901
, which states that
50%
of the
rear surface will be covered with chevron striping.
0598754
Stripe, Reflective/Diamond Grade,

4.00" on Stabilizers

REFLECTIVE STRIPE ON STABILIZERS
There will be a

4.00 " wide
fluorescent yellow diamond grade
reflective stripe provided on the
forward and rear facing side of all aerial stabilizers. 0665144
Stripe, Reflective, Chevron, Cab and
Crew Cab Door Edge, Diamond
Grade

CHEVRON STRIPING ON CAB AND CREW CAB DOOR EDGE
There will be alternating chevron striping located on the inside of each cab and crew cab door edge. The design will be either DOT pattern or standard chevron design. Width will be determined by available space. The striping will consist of the following colors:

The first color will Ibe
red diamond grade
The second color will be
yellow diamond grade
0027341
Jog, In Reflective Stripe, Single or
Multiple

JOG(S) IN REFLECTIVE BAND
The reflective band located on each side of the apparatus body will contain one (
1 )
jog(s) and will
be angled at approximately a
45 degrees when installed.
0017359
Stripe, Black Outline, Vinyl on
Reflective Band

REFLECTIVE STRIPE OUTLINE
A black outline will be applied on the top and the bottom of the reflective band. There will be three
(
3 )
set of outline stripes required.
0065687
Stripe, Reflective, Cab Doors Interior

CAB DOOR REFLECTIVE STRIPE
A

6.00 " x

16.00 "
black
reflective stripe will be provided across the interior of each cab door. The stripe will be located approximately

1.00 " up from the bottom, on the door panel.

This stripe will meet the NFPA
1901
requirement.
71 884
Bid #:

0027372
Lettering Specifications, (GOLD
STAR Process)

LETTERING
The lettering will be totally encapsulated between two ( 2 ) layers of clear vinyl.
0686428
Lettering, Gold Leaf, 3.00", (41-60)

LETTERING
Forty-one (
41 ) to sixty (
60 ) genuine gold leaf lettering,

3.00 " high, with
outline and shade
will be
provided.
0685979
Lettering, Reflective, 16.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering,

16.00 " high, with
highlight and shade
provided. There will be
two
(
2 ) letters
provided.
0685993
Lettering, Reflective, 10.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering,

10.00 " high, with
outline and shade
provided. There will be
42 letters
provided.
0686013
Lettering, Reflective, 6.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering,

6.00 " high, with
outline and shade
provided. There will be
12 letters
provided.
0675223
SP
Lettering, Reflective, 15.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering,

15.00 " high, with
outline and shade
provided. There will be
two
(
2 ) letters
provided.
0645076
Plate, Painted Alum. for
Lettering/Numerals

PAINTED PLATE(S) FOR LETTERING/NUMERALS
There will be
two (
2 )
painted aluminum plate(s) provided for department lettering. They will be mounted
Located at rear of truck.
and will be
8 "H X
12 "W plate on rear bulkhead and
4 " high
plate on rear bumper long enough for words "KEEP BACK
300
FEET"
in size.
0022652
Emblem, Maltese Cross, Gold Leaf,
15"-17", Pair

MALTESE CROSS INSTALLATION
There will be
one (
1 )
pair of maltese crosses, comprised of genuine gold leaf material, provided and installed
match emblem designed for job
27806
and place on cab door
.
0772003
Manual, Fire Apparatus Parts, USB
Flash Drive, Custom

FIRE APPARATUS PARTS MANUAL
There will be
one (
1 )
custom parts manual(s) in USB flash drive format for the complete fire apparatus provided.

The manual(s) will contain the following:

Job number
Part numbers with full descriptions
Table of contents
Parts section sorted in functional groups reflecting a major system, component, or assembly Parts section sorted in alphabetical order
Instructions on how to locate parts
Each manual will be specifically written for the chassis and body model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies.

Service Parts Internet Site
The service parts information included in these manuals are also available on the Pierce website.

The website offers additional functions and features not contained in this manual, such as digital photographs and line drawings of select items. The website also features electronic search tools to assist in locating parts quickly.
0772037
Manual, Chassis Service, USB Flash
Drive, Custom

CHASSIS SERVICE MANUALS
There will be
one (
1 )
chassis service manuals on USB flash drives containing parts and service information on major components provided with the completed unit.

The manual will contain the following sections:

Job number
Table of contents
Troubleshooting
Front Axle/Suspension
Brakes
Engine
Tires
Wheels
Cab
Electrical, DC
Air Systems
Plumbing
Appendix
The manual will be specifically written for the chassis model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. 72 884
Bid #:

0773381
Manual, Chassis Operation, (1) USB
Flash Drive, Custom

CHASSIS OPERATION MANUAL
The chassis operation manual will be provided on one (
1 ) USB flash drive.
0030008
Warranty, Basic, 1 Year, Apparatus,
WA0008
ONE (
1 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
A Pierce basic apparatus limited warranty certificate, WA 0008
, is included with this proposal.
0696698
Warranty, Engine, Cummins, 5 Year,
WA0181

ENGINE WARRANTY
A Cummins
five (
5 ) year
limited engine warranty will be provided. A limited warranty certificate, WA
0181
, is included with this proposal.
0684953
Warranty, Steering Gear, Sheppard
M110, 3 Year WA0201

STEERING GEAR WARRANTY
A Sheppard
three (
3 ) year
limited steering gear warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package.
0596017
Warranty, Frame, 50 Year, Custom
Chassis, WA0013

FIFTY (
50 ) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom chassis frame limited warranty certificate, WA 0013
, is included with this
proposal.
0595698
Warranty, Axle, 3 Year, TAK-4,
WA0050

FRONT AXLE THREE (
3 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
The Pierce TAK-
4 suspension limited warranty certificate, WA
0050
, is included with this proposal.
0644874
Warranty, Axle, 3 Year, TAK-4, IRS,
WA0249

REAR AXLE THREE (
3 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
Pierce TAK-
4 ® independent rear suspension will be provided with a three ( 3 ) year material and
workmanship limited warranty. The manufacturer's warranty will provide that the independent rear suspension be free from any defect related to material and workmanship on the portion of the apparatus built by the manufacturer that would arise under normal use and service. 0652758
Warranty, ABS Brake System, 3
Year, Meritor Wabco, WA0232

ABS BRAKE SYSTEM THREE (
3 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP

WARRANTY
A Meritor Wabco
™
ABS brake system limited warranty certificate, WA
0232
, is included with this
proposal.
0019914
Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Custom
Cab, WA0012
TEN (
10 ) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom cab limited warranty certificate, WA
0012
, is included with this proposal.
0744240
Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Cab, Pro-
Rate, WA0055
TEN (
10 ) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce cab limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA 0055
, is included with this proposal.
0524627
Warranty, Electronics, 5 Year, MUX,
WA0014
FIVE (
5 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce Command Zone electronics limited warranty certificate, WA 0014
, is included with this
proposal.
0695416
Warranty, Pierce Camera System,
WA0188

CAMERA SYSTEM WARRANTY
A Pierce fifty four (
54 ) month
warranty will be provided for the camera system
.
0708760
Warranty, Not Applicable, LED Strip
Lights

COMPARTMENT LIGHT WARRANTY
The compartment lights will not offer an extended warranty. 0046369
Warranty, 5-year EVS Transmission,
Standard Custom, WA0187

TRANSMISSION WARRANTY
The transmission will have a
five (
5 ) year/unlimited mileage
warranty covering
100
percent
parts and labor. The warranty will be provided by Allison Transmission.

Note: The transmission cooler is not covered under any extended warranty you may be getting on your Allison Transmission. Please review your Allison Transmission warranty for coverage limitations.
0685945
Warranty, Transmission Cooler,
WA0216

TRANSMISSION COOLER WARRANTY
The transmission cooler will carry a five (
5 ) year parts and labor warranty (exclusive to the
transmission cooler). In addition, a collateral damage warranty will also be in effect for the first three (
3 ) years of the warranty coverage and will not exceed
$10,000
per occurrence. A copy of
the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package. 0596025
Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Body,
WA0009
TEN (
10 ) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce apparatus body limited warranty certificate, WA 0009
, is included with this proposal.
73 884
Bid #:

0693127
Warranty, Gortite, Roll-up Door, 6
Year, WA0190

ROLL UP DOOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
A Gortite roll-up door limited warranty will be provided. The mechanical components of the roll-up door will be warranted against defects in material and workmanship for the lifetime of the vehicle.

A
six (
6 ) year
limited warranty will be provided on painted and satin roll up doors.

The limited warranty certificate, WA
0190
, is included with this proposal.
0006999
Warranty, Structure, 20 Year, Aerial
Device, WA0052

TWENTY (
20 ) YEAR AERIAL DEVICE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY WARRANTY
The Pierce device limited warranty certificate, WA
0052
, is included with this proposal.
0687388
Warranty, Swivels, 5 Year, Aerial
Device, WA0197

AERIAL SWIVEL WARRANTY
An Amity five (
5 ) year limited swivel warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package.
0685727
Warranty, Hydraulic System and
Components, 3 Year/5 Year,
WA0200

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM COMPONENTS WARRANTY
Aerial hydraulic system components will be provided with a five ( 5 ) year material and
workmanship limited warranty.

HYDRAULIC SEAL WARRANTY
Aerial hydraulic seals will be provided with a three (
3 ) year material and workmanship limited
warranty.

A copy of the warranty certificates will be submitted with the bid package. 0687327
Warranty, Waterway, 10 Year, Aerial
Device, WA0198
AERIAL WATERWAY WARRANTY
An Amity ten (
10 ) year limited waterway warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package.

0595860
Warranty, Paint, 4 Year, Aerial
Device, Pro-Rated, WA0047

FOUR (
4 ) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce aerial device limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA 0047
, is included with this
proposal.
0725636
Warranty, Harrison Generator, 2 Year

TWO (
2 ) YEAR GENERATOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
A Harrison Hydra-Gen generator two (
2 ) year
limited warranty will be provided.
0595820
Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Body, Pro-
Rate, WA0057
TEN (
10 ) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce body limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA 0057
, is included with this proposal.
0595421
Warranty, Goldstar, 3 Year,
Apparatus, WA0018

THREE (
3 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce Goldstar gold leaf lamination limited warranty limited warranty certificate, WA 0018
, is
included with this proposal.
0683627
Certification, Vehicle Stability,
CD0156

VEHICLE STABILITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the apparatus complies with NFPA
1901
, current edition, section

4.13 , Vehicle Stability. The certification will be provided at the time of bid.
0736243
Certification, Engine Installation,
Enforcer, Cummins X12, 2021,
CD0170

ENGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification, along with a letter from the engine manufacturer stating they approve of the engine installation in the bidder's chassis. The certification will be provided at the time of delivery. 0686786
Certification, Power Steering,
CD0098
POWER STEERING CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the power steering system as installed meets the requirements of the component supplier. The certification will be provided at the time of bid.
74 884
Bid #:

0631980
Certification, Cab Integrity, Saber
FR/Enforcer, CD0130

CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a cab crash test certification with this proposal. The certification will state that a specimen representing the substantial structural configuration of the cab has been tested and certified by an independent third party test facility. Testing events will be documented with photographs, real-time and high-speed video, vehicle accelerometers, cart accelerometers, and a laser speed trap. The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a state licensed professional engineer to witness and certify all testing events. Testing will meet or exceed the requirements below:

European Occupant Protection Standard ECE Regulation No. 29 .

SAE J
2422
Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi-Static Loading Heavy Trucks.

SAE J
2420
COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks.

Roof Crush
The cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of
22,500
lb. This value meets the ECE
29 criteria,
and is equivalent to the front axle rating up to a maximum of ten ( 10 ) metric tons.

Side Impact
The same cab will be subjected to dynamic preload where a 13,275
-lb moving barrier is slammed
into the side of the cab at

5.50 mph, striking with an impact of
13,000
ft-lb of force. This test is
part of the SAE J
2422
test procedure and more closely represents the forces a cab will see in a rollover incident.

Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of
32,600
ft-lb of force using a moving barrier in
accordance with SAE J
2420
.

Additional Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of
65,200
ft-lb of force using a moving barrier.
(Twice the force required by SAE J
2420
)
The same cab will withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion into the survival space of the occupant area.
0631973
Certification, Cab Door Durability,
Saber FR/Enforcer, CD0137

CAB DOOR DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Robust cab doors help protect occupants. Cab doors will survive a 200,000
cycle door slam test
where the slamming force exceeds
20 G's of deceleration. The bidder will certify that the sample doors similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without structural damage, latch malfunction, or significant component wear. 0631978
Certification, Windshield Wiper
Durability, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0132

WINDSHIELD WIPER DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. Windshield wipers will survive a
3 million cycle durability test in accordance with section

6.2 of SAE J
198

Windshield
Wiper Systems - Trucks, Buses and Multipurpose Vehicles.

The bidder will certify that the wiper
system design has been tested and that the wiper system has met these criteria. 0631974
Certification, Electric Window
Durability, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0133

ELECTRIC WINDOW DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Cab window roll-up systems can cause maintenance problems if not designed for long service life. The window regulator design will complete
30,000
complete up-down cycles and still function
normally when finished. The bidder will certify that sample doors and windows similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without malfunction or significant component wear.
0631977
Certification, Seat Belt Anchors and
Mounting, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0134

SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH
Seat belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat belt anchor design will withstand 3000
lb of pull on both
the lap and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS
571.210
Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages.

The bidder will certify that each anchor design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.

SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH
Seat attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat mounting design will be tested to withstand 20 G's of force in
accordance with FMVSS
571.207
Seating Systems. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that each seat mount and cab structure design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.
75 884
Bid #:

0735949
Certification, Cab HVAC System
Performance, SFR/Enf,
CD0165/CD0167/CD0174/CD0175

PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATIONS
Cab Air Conditioning
Good cab air conditioning temperature and air flow performance keeps occupants comfortable, reduces humidity, and provides a climate for recuperation while at the scene. The cab air conditioning system will cool the cab from a heat-soaked condition at 100
degrees Fahrenheit to
an average of
78 degrees Fahrenheit in
30 minutes. The bidder will certify that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.

Cab Defroster
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The defroster system will clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAE J 381
Windshield
Defrosting Systems Test Procedure And Performance Requirements - Trucks, Buses, And Multipurpose Vehicles.

The bidder will certify that the defrost system design has been tested in a cold chamber and passes the SAE J
381
criteria.

Cab Auxiliary Heater
Good cab heat performance and regulation provides a more effective working environment for personnel, whether in-transit, or at a scene. An auxiliary cab heater will warm the cab 77 degrees
Fahrenheit from a cold-soak, within
30 minutes when tested using the coolant supply methods found in SAE J
381
. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.
0545073
Amp Draw Report, NFPA Current
Edition

AMP DRAW REPORT
The bidder will provide, at the time of bid and delivery, an itemized print out of the expected amp draw of the entire vehicle's electrical system.

The manufacturer of the apparatus will provide the following:

Documentation of the electrical system performance tests.

A written load analysis, which will include the following:

The nameplate rating of the alternator.

The alternator rating under the conditions specified per:

Applicable NFPA
1901
or
1906
(Current Edition).

The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per:

Applicable NFPA
1901
or
1906
(Current Edition).

Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine the total connected load.

Each individual intermittent load.

All of the above listed items will be provided by the bidder per the applicable NFPA 1901
or
1906

(Current Edition).
0002758
Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio
Allowance

0799248
Appleton/Florida BTO

0000050
105' BODY

0000012

PIERCE CHASSIS
0004713

ENGINE, OTHER
0046396
EVS 4000 Series TRANSMISSION
0020015

ABS SYSTEM

0755454

AERIAL MEDIUM

76 884
Bid #:

Turning Performance Analysis
Bid Number:
884
Chassis:

Enforcer Chassis, Aerials/Tankers, Tandem Axle
Department:

VISALIA FIRE DEPARTMENT
Body:

Aerial, HD Ladder 105', No Pump, Alum Body
Parameters:
*Inside Cramp Angle:
45°
Axle Track:

82.92 in.

Wheel Offset:

5.25 in.

Tread Width:

16.3 in.

Chassis Overhang:

65.95 in.

Additional Bumper Depth:
22 in.

Front Overhang:

87.95 in.

Wheelbase:
262.5 in.

Calculated Turning Radii:

Inside Turn:
20 ft. 9 in.

Curb to curb:
37 ft. 3 in.

Wall to wall:
41 ft. 10 in.

Notes:
*Actual Inside cramp angle may be less than shown.

Curb to Curb turning radius calculated for 9.00 inch curb. 09/29/2022
Category
Option
Description
Axle, Front, Custom
0629940
Axle, Front, Oshkosh TAK-4, Non Drive, 22,800 lb, Enforcer Aerial Devices
0660282
Aerial, 105' Heavy Duty Ladder, (500 dry/500 water), MUX Wheels, Front
0604672
Wheels, Front, Accuride, 22.50" x 12.25", Steel, Hub Pilot Bumpers
0779757
Bumper, 22" Extended, Under Slung, Polished S/S, Recess Xlays/Trays, SFR/Enf/AXT
Tires, Front
0899438
Tires, Front, Goodyear, Armor MAX MSA, 425/65R22.50, 20 ply

Definitions:

Inside CrampAngle
Maximum turning angle of the front inside fire.

Axle Track
King-pin to King-pin distance of front axle.

Wheel Offset
Offset from the center line of the wheel to the King-pin.

Tread Width
Width of the tire tread.

Chassis Overhang
Distance of the center line of the front axle to the front edge of the cab. This does not include the bumper depth.

Additional Bumper Wheel
Depth that the bumper assembly adds to the front overhang.

Wheelbase
Distance between the center lines of the vehicles front and rear axles.

Inside Turning Radius
Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle can turn.

Curb to Curb Turning Radius
Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures assumes a curb height of 9 inches.

Wall to Wall Turning Radius
Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures takes into account any front overhang due to chassis , bumper extensions and or aerial devices.

Option
Description
Type*
Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0001244
High Idle w/Electronic Engine, Custom

0.00 1.20

0.00 0002617
PTO switch, w/light - aerial

0.00 0.00

0.08 0006825
Reel, Elect Cable, Hannay, 1600, (3) Wire

0.00 36.00

0.00 0010673
ABS Wabco Brake System, Tandem Rear Axle

0.00 6.00

0.00 0079212
Batteries, (6) Exide Grp 31, 950 CCA each, SAE Posts

0.00 3.00

0.00 0543751
Light, Do Not Move Apparatus

0.00 0.80

0.00 0547505
Wiring, Spare, 10 A 12V DC 1st

0.00 0.00

20.00 0548007
Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 3rd

0.00 0.00

30.00 0554191
Handlight, Streamlight, Fire Vulcan, 44451, C4 LED, Tail Lights, 12v, Orange

0.00 1.00

0.00 0568142
Switch, Spare In Cab

0.00 0.00

0.24 0583917
Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 5th

0.00 0.00

15.00 0583938
Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto Sw, Wln 3SC0CDCR, 3" LED, Trim

0.00 0.30

0.00 0589905
Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO 1040

0.00 0.50

0.00 0614669
Light, Map, Overhead, Round, Add, Sunnex SL9-200B25L LED Clr Lens, Ceiling Mount

0.00 0.74

0.00 0622582
Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, Manual Override, Control Loc Feature, Sab FR/Enf

0.00 180.00

0.00 0628471
Light, Map, Overhead, Peterson M371S LED, Rectangula
w/Switch

0.00 0.24

0.00 0630636
Controls, Electric Roll-Up Windows, 4dr, 4 Driver Controls, Saber FR/Enforcer

0.00 26.00

0.00 0645683
Lights, Rear Scene, Wln, M9LZC LED

0.00 0.00

12.00 0653519
Camera, Pierce, Driver Mux, R, RS, LS Cameras

0.00 1.20

0.00 0653937
Flasher, Headlight Alternating

0.00 0.00

0.08 0663247
Intercom, Firecom 5100D Single Radio, 4-Pos, D,O,2C

0.00 0.00

0.50 0687994
Engine Brake, Jacobs Compression Brake, Cummins Engine

0.00 0.42

0.00 0691544
Light, GTT, 794* LED Opticom Emitter, Remote Mounted on Cab Roof

0.00 0.03

0.00 0698585
Lights, Side Scene, Wln M9LZC Gradient LED, 2nd,

0.00 0.00

6.00 0698589
Lights, Side Scene, Wln M9LZC Gradient LED, 1st

0.00 0.00

6.00 0709257
Lights, PIAA RF6, 26-07106 White LED, pair, Below Bumper

0.00 1.26

0.00 0727913
Spotlight, Golight/RadioRay, Model 20**4GT, LED, 2 Lts

0.00 0.00

7.40 0737181
Intercom, 2-Way Fire Research ICA910 Hands Free

0.00 0.00

0.50 0742414
Lights, Perimeter, Amdor AY-LB-12HW012 12", Brkt Cnt Fet

0.00 0.00

0.52 0763248
Lights, Walk Surf, Amdor AY-LB-12HW0**, LED, Cargo Areas

0.00 0.00

0.00 0763608
Lights, Wln, PCPSM2*, Pioneer, 12 VDC, 2nd

0.00 0.00

12.00 0763610
Lights, Wln, PCPSM2*, Pioneer, 12 VDC, 1st

0.00 0.00

12.00 0776075
Light, Visor, Wln, 12V P*H1* Pioneer LED 1st

0.00 0.00

6.50 0776243
Compt w/No Pump, 60" Wide w/Rollup Door, Height to Match Flat Roof Cab

0.00 0.00

3.60 0802935
Light, Directional, Wln M62T* LED, Cmn Bzl, Above Headlights, Sab/Enf

0.00 1.50

0.00 0803875
Radio, AM/FM/WB, Jensen, Frt,Rear Aux In/Frt,Rear
USB/Bluetooth

0.00 0.00

2.00 0804781
Spot Lts Aerial Device Separated into Aerial Tip Scene, Aerial Tracking Scene

0.00 0.00

0.00 0805618
Lights, Backup, Wln M62BU

0.00 3.20

0.00 0895310
Siren, Federal Q2B

0.00 100.00

0.00 0896666
Wiring, Spare, 4.8 A 12V DC, USB Termination 1st

0.00 0.00

10.00 0548004
Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 1st
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

30.00 0548006
Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 2nd
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

90.00 0548009
Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC 1st
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

20.00 0560535
Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 4th
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

30.00 0618906
Lighting, Rung, LED, TecNiq, 4 Section, Base, Lower/Upper Mid, Fly, 3 Colors RWB
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

20.00 0657222
Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 12 Circuit Fuse Block, Blue Sea 5026 1st
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

20.00 0722696
HVAC, Enforcer, CARE
Load Managed

0.00 0.00
100.00
* UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 1 Electrical Analysis
9/29/2022
Bid #:
884
Visalia Fire - 105' HD Ladder, Enforcer Aerial No Pump, Sales Rep:

Organization:

Young, Dewayne
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer:

VISALIA FIRE DEPARTMENT
Option:

Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control
System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT
Type:

Multiplexed

Option
Description
Type*
Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0002565
Hourmeter, Aerial Inside Cab
NFPA

0.10 0.00

0.00 0002615
Switch, Aerial 12V Master
NFPA

0.08 0.00

0.00 0002758
Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio Allowance
NFPA

5.00 0.00

0.00 0068701
Lights, Grote Supernova LED, Stabilizer Beam, (2) Sets
NFPA

3.20 3.20

0.00 0088745
Light, Rear Zone Up, Wln L31HRFN LED Beacon, Red LED
NFPA

3.20 4.80

0.00 0092582
Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX
NFPA

0.56 0.56

0.00 0511569
Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear, P25 LED 7Lts
NFPA

0.50 0.00

0.00 0512558
Platform, Slide Out, 500 lb Capacity, Alum 4-Way, Full Width NFPA

6.00 0.00

0.00 0529594
Generator, Harrison 6kW, 6.0MAS-16R/D-11011/15/1, Hydraulic, Hotshift PTO
NFPA

35.31 0.00

0.00 0532003
Flowmeter / Pressure, FRC Model FP530, Aerial Turntable NFPA

0.50 0.00

0.00 0540692
Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6*C LED, Clear Lens, 3pr, Ovr 25 NFPA

5.40 8.10

0.00 0540743
Lights, Stabilizer Warn (2) Sets, Wln M6*C LED, Clear Lens NFPA

3.60 5.40

0.00 0601972
Lights, Turntable Walkway, P25, LED
NFPA

0.35 0.00

0.00 0602730
Siren, Wln 295SLSA1, 100 or 200 Watt, Other Speaker, Non- NFPA 2016
NFPA

1.56 14.06

0.00 0603606
Cab Instruments, Ivory Gauges, Chrome Bezels, Enf MUX
NFPA

1.26 0.00

0.00 0604635
Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 2-21.5", RRRWR RWRRR
NFPA

6.48 2.48

7.28 0605598
Lightbars, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 2-21.5", RRRRR RRRRR
NFPA

6.48 0.00

9.76 0615386
Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color Display, Touchscreen, MUX NFPA

1.20 0.00

0.00 0618791
DEF Tank, 4.5 Gallon, DS Fill, Forward of Axle, Common Air Bottle Door
NFPA

0.60 11.40

0.00 0620054
Light, Directional/Marker, Intermediate, Weldon 9186-8580-29 LED 2lts
NFPA

0.10 0.90

0.00 0647638
Lights, Dome, Weldon Dual LED 4 Lts
NFPA

0.80 0.80

0.00 0647899
Lights, Directional/Marker, Cab Front Side, Weldon 9186-8580-29 LED, Sab/Enf
NFPA

0.80 0.00

0.00 0660279
Control Stations, 105' HDL, MUX, Color Display
NFPA

4.26 0.00

0.00 0660282
Aerial, 105' Heavy Duty Ladder, (500 dry/500 water), MUX NFPA

5.00 0.00

0.00 0664481
Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25 LED
NFPA

0.07 0.00

0.00 0672327
Lights, Deck, Wln (2) MPBW Micro Pioneer LED Rear Flood Lights NFPA

7.00 0.00

0.00 0732620
Cabinet, Rear Facing, Top Eng Tnl, 43 W x 18 H x 16 D, Web, Notch, SFR/Enf
NFPA

0.20 0.20

0.00 0734275
Compt, RS Turntable, F/H F/D, Roll & Lift,Angled T/T
Access,Ascend TA,105',LSL
NFPA

1.80 0.00

1.80 0735474
Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Front, P25 LED 7 Lts, Saber FR/Enforcer
NFPA

0.35 0.00

0.00 0736410
Engine, Cummins X12, 500 hp, 1700 lb-ft, W/OBD, EPA 2021, Enforcer
NFPA

10.00 0.00

0.00 0737176
Compt, RS F/H F/D, Roll Drs, 11.50" Raised, Device Notch, Ascend TA,105/100 HAL
NFPA

2.70 0.00

2.70 0753203
Compt,LS F/H F/D,Roll,11.50" Raised,Reel,Device
Blister,AscendTA,105/100HAL
NFPA

2.70 0.00

2.70 0754395
Compt, LS Turntable, F/H F/D, Roll & Lift,w/Angled T/T
Access,Ascend TA,105',LSL
NFPA

1.80 0.00

1.80 0759142
Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*,
NFPA

1.80 2.70

0.00 0762388
Lights, Stabilizer Scene, (2) sets, Amdor AY-LB-12HW012, LED NFPA

0.72 0.00

0.00 0762396
Light, Turntable Console, Amdor AY-LB-12HW012, LED Strip Light
NFPA

0.20 0.00

0.00 0762413
Light, Boom Support, Amdor AY-LB-12HW012, 12" LED
NFPA

0.18 0.00

0.00 0768765
Lights, Perimeter Body, Amdor AY-LB-12HW020 LED 2lts,
Turntable Access
NFPA

0.33 0.00

0.00 0769420
Lights, Perimeter Cab, Amdor AY-LB-12HW020 LED 4Dr
NFPA

1.20 0.00

0.00 0783153
Headlights, Rect LED, JW Spkr Evo 2, AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel NFPA

4.20 4.20

0.00 0789440
Lights, Torque Box Ladder Storage, Truck-Lite 40227C 1lt, Incd, Round 4"
NFPA

1.44 0.00

0.00 0790412
Air Dryer, Wabco System Saver 1200 IWT, Heated, SFR/Enf NFPA

7.81 0.00

0.00 0791463
Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TANF65, 34" Long LED
NFPA

2.00 4.00

0.00 0795533
Cab, Enforcer, 8400
NFPA

6.80 10.20

0.00 0802753
Lights, Tracking, Wln MP** LED, 2lts
NFPA

8.00 0.00

0.00 0803462
Lights, Tip, Wln MP** LED, 2lts
NFPA

8.00 0.00

0.00 0804519
Lights, Tail, Wln M62BTT* Red Stop/Tail & M62T* Amber Dir Arw NFPA

0.83 2.49

0.00 0887546
Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 4000 EVS P, w/Prognostics,
Imp/Vel/SFR/Enf
NFPA

2.00 2.00

0.00 * UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 2 Electrical Analysis
9/29/2022
Bid #:
884
Visalia Fire - 105' HD Ladder, Enforcer Aerial No Pump, Sales Rep:

Organization:

Young, Dewayne
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer:

VISALIA FIRE DEPARTMENT
Option:

Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control
System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT
Type:

Multiplexed

Option
Description
Type*
Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0892638
Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps, P25, LED w/Bezel, 6lts
NFPA

1.00 0.00

0.00 0892649
CZ Connect Telematics
NFPA

1.61 0.00

0.00 0892656
Lights, Step (6), P25 LED, Each Side
NFPA

0.30 0.00

0.00 0896904
Cabinet, Rear Facing, LS, 23.5 W x 30 H x 26.75 D, Roll, Ext Acc, SFR/Enf
NFPA

0.78 0.78

0.00 0896906
Cabinet, Rear Facing, RS, 23.5 W x 30 H x 26.75 D, Roll, Ext Acc, SFR/Enf
NFPA

0.30 0.30

0.00 0899319
Lights, Front Zone, Wln M6**, Common Bzl
NFPA

1.80 2.70

0.00 0754105
Alternator, 430 amp, Niehoff C681
S

0.00 0.00

0.00 Load Totals:
170.26
444.66
480.46
Minimum Continuous Load
Supply:
290.00
Demand:
170.26
Variance:
119.74
Total Connected Load
Supply:
388.00
Demand:
340.72
Variance:

47.28 Note: Minimum Continous Load is in "Blocking Right of Way" mode.(Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Intermittent Load items are not factored in on any alternator load comparisons. These items are included on the report for reference only and should be looked at as amp draw exclusion items. (Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Total Connected Load "Demand" represents Total Connected Load minus any Load Managed items 290.00
388.00
Alternator Output at Idle:

Alternator Output at Governed Speed:
* UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 3 Electrical Analysis
9/29/2022
Bid #:
884
Visalia Fire - 105' HD Ladder, Enforcer Aerial No Pump, Sales Rep:

Organization:

Young, Dewayne
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer:

VISALIA FIRE DEPARTMENT
Option:

Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control
System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT
Type:

Multiplexed

DEALER

SUPPLIED

EQUIPMENT
AND/OR

SERVICES
Bid #884

1 DEALER SUPPLIED EQUIPMENT and/or SERVICES
The following items and/or services will be provided by Golden State Fire Apparatus Inc. (GSFA) prior to final delivery:

LICENSED MANUFACTURER
The State of California Vehicle Code, section 11701 requires “every ma nufacturer of a vehicle subject to registration shall make application to the Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV) for a license containing a general distinguishing number” . The manufacturer has a current license at time of proposal and shall provide a copy upon request. Temporary licenses are not acceptable.

LICENSED DEALERSHIP
The State of California Vehicle Code, section 11701 requires a “dealer in vehicles of a type s ubject to registration, shall make application to the Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV ) for a license containing a general distinguishing number”. Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. has a current license at time of bid as outlined above and is available upon request. Temporary licenses are not acceptable.

LICENSED SALES REPRESENTATIVE
The State of California Vehicle Code, section 11800 requires that it shall be “unlawful for any person to function as a vehicle salesperson without having first procured a license issued by the Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV)”. The representative has a current vehicle salespersons license at time of proposal and shall provide a copy upon request. Temporary licenses are not acceptable.

VEHICLE REGISTRATION
The State of California Vehicle Code section 11739 requires that the “dealer of a new motor vehicle sale is responsible for applying for the title, securing vehicle registration, and obtaining license plates for the Customer” through the Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV) . Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. is a factory-authorized dealer of the vehicle bein g sold and is authorized to register with the State of California as a new vehicle manufacturer.

Once the contract is paid in full, including any change orders, GSFA will make all necessary applications and complete all transfer papers, including applying for California Exempt “E” license plates.

WEEKLY PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS
GSFA will provide weekly photograph s of the apparatus or the major components as they are being constructed. The photographs will commence at the start of the manufacturing process an d will continue through production by the manufacturer. The repo rts will show the progress of the apparatus through the course of each week. Special attention will be given to show the unique features and aspects of the apparatus as construction progresses.

CHANGE ORDER / CONTINGENCY FUND
A change order / contingency fund in the sum of $3 0,000 is included in the bid price to cover the cost of change orders, unforeseen items or required work that may come up during construction. Any unused portion of this fund will be credited ba ck on the final invoice or reimbursed in the form of a check to the City of Visalia.

PRE-CONSTRUCTION, FACTORY TRIP
A pre-construction trip to the manufacturing facili ty will be provided fo r TWO (2 ) C ustomer representative(s). The intent of this trip is to review and f inalize, in detail, the specifications prior to t he start of produc tion. The pre-construction trip will have a duration of FOUR (4 ) days and THREE (3 ) nights and be scheduled at times mutually a greed upon between GSFA and the Customer. Costs for airfare, lodging, meals, and ground transportation while at the manufacturer’s location wil l be the 2 responsibility of GSFA. Air travel will be from one of the following airports: Sacramento, San Francisco, or San Jose.

Costs such as Customer ground transportation in California, Customer airport parking, Customer luggage fees and Cu stomer incidentals while trav eling to the factory will be the r esponsibility of the Customer.

Flight reservations are non-refundable and in the event of a can cellation after booking, the Customer will be resp onsible for all costs associa ted with this cance llation, whic h may include not only the original ticket cost bu t also any change or cancellation fees imposed by the airline a nd/ or travel agency. Fli ght reservations are also non-transferable.

MIDPOINT INSPECTION, FACTORY TRIP
A midpoint inspection trip to the manufacturing facility will be provided for THREE (3) Customer representative(s). The intent of this trip is to monitor the progress of construction. The midpoint trip will have a duration of THREE (3) days and TWO (2) nights and be scheduled at times mutually agreed upon between GSFA and the Customer. Costs for airfare, lodging, meals, and ground transportation while at the manufacturer’s location wil l be the respons ibility of GSFA . Air travel will b e f rom one of the following airports: Sacramento, San Francisco, or San Jose.

Costs such as Customer ground transportation in California, Customer airport parking, Customer luggage fees and Cust omer incidentals while trav eling to the fa ctory will be the r esponsibility of the Customer.

Flight reservations are non-refundable and in the event of a cancellation after booking, the Customer will be resp onsible for all costs associa ted with this cancell ation, whic h may include not only the orig inal ticket cost bu t also any change or cancellation fees imposed by the airline a nd/ or travel agency. Flight reservations are also non-transferable.

FINAL INSPECTION, FACTORY TRIP
A final in spection trip to th e manuf acturing facility will be provided for THREE (3 ) Customer representative(s). The intent of this trip is to ensure that the apparatus is built to specification and to detect any deficiencies that require correction. The final inspection trip will have a duration of THREE (3) days and TWO (2) nights and be scheduled at times mutually a greed upon between GSFA and the Customer.

Costs for airfare, lodging, meals, and ground transportation w hile at the manufacturer’s location will be the responsibility of G SFA. A ir travel will b e from one of the following airports: S acramento, San Francisco, or San Jose.

Costs such as Customer ground transportation in California, Customer airport parking, Customer luggage fees and Cust omer incidentals while traveling to the factory will be the r esponsibility of the Customer.

Flight reservations are non-refundable and in the event of a cancellation after booking, the C ustomer will be responsible for all costs associate d with th is cancell ation, which may in clude not only the origina l ticket cost bu t also any change or cancellation fees imp osed by the airline a nd/ or travel agency. F light reservations are also non-transferable.

DELIVERY TO AUTHORIZED SERVICE FACILITY
GSFA will, at their expense, deliver the apparatus (including any a pplicable equipment, spare parts, and supplies) to their Northern California facility in Sacramento for a dealer preparation inspection.

To ensure proper break in of all components while still under warrant y, the apparatus shall be delivered under its own power - rail or truck freight shall not be acceptable.

3 PRE-DELIVERY SERVICE
After transportation from the factory and prior to delivery, the apparatus will receive a pr e-delivery service to confirm proper operation and correction of any issues found as a result of said inspection . The Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. pre-delivery service consists of the following:

• Engine Compartment and Undercarriage – Check for any br oken mounting brackets and inspect for correct capacities of the following (if applicable): engine oil, coolant, power steering fluid, washer reservoir fluid, transmission fluid, rear end fluid, pump transmission oil, and primer oil.

• Interior – Operate all doors, windows, and locks for proper adjustment. Check upholstery.

• Exterior – Repair reasonable paint scrat ches or chips . Tighten any l oose hardware and inspe ct tires and wheels for proper pressure and lug torquing.

• Road Test – With the water tank ( if applicable) full, the apparatus wi ll be driven approximately twenty miles which allows the drive train components to get up to operating temperature. Road test will be on both city and highway roads . A DOT compliant brake test will be conducted to ensure the system is holding air. The brake condition and wheel seals will also be inspected.

• Electrical - Operate all lights, sirens, and other electrical accessories to verify operation.

• Pump - If applicable, vacuum test the pump to hold for 15 minutes. After vacuum test, operate the relief valve, transfer valve and check pump shift . Check water tank for leaks and inspect water level gauge for c alibration. With discharge caps loose, rapid test all individual gauges and main gauges for calibration. Lubricate valve rods.

• Foam System – If applicable, tighten caps and connect foam lines. Test selector, valves, metering valve and operation of foam system (including flush).

• Fuel Tank - Fuel tank will be filled at the dealership location prior to final delivery.

• DEF Tank - DEF tank will be filled at the dealership location prior to final delivery.

• Wash - The apparatus will be thoroughly washed at the dealership location prior to final delivery.

FINAL DELIVERY (CUSTOMER LOCATION)
GSFA wi ll, at the ir ex pense, d eliver th e Product (including any applicable equipment, spare parts, and supplies) to the Customer specified address once completed. Prior to delivery of the Product, Customer agrees to provide proof of liability and physical damage insurance to GS FA. GSFA will not release the Produ ct to the Customer until such proof of insurance is provided.

It is the responsibility of the Customer to have a ny outstanding balance due, paid in full to GSFA, prior to or at the time that the Product is complete and ready to deliver. If payment is late or delivery is delayed pending payment, a daily finance charge of $150.00 and a daily storage fee of $50.00 may apply until such payment is received.

Due to insurance liability, the Product will not be delivered without full acceptance and full payment (or prior written agreement between the Customer and GSFA).

END OF DEALER SUPPLIED EQUIPMENT and/or SERVICES

PRODUCT

WARRANTIES
Exhibit “C”
Bid #884

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0008

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

No specific exclusions apply
Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

One (1) Year Material and Workmanship
Basic Apparatus
Twelve (12) months.Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date the apparatus is placed in service, or 60 days from the original buyer invoice date, whichever comes first.Warranty Begins:

Portions of the apparatus manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Cummins Warranty
Worldwide
Fire Apparatus/Crash Trucks
Coverage
Products Warranted
This Warranty applies to new diesel Engines sold by
Cummins and delivered to the first user on or after
April 1, 2007, that are used in fire apparatus truck and crash truck* applications Worldwide.

Base Engine Warranty
The Base Engine Warranty covers any failures of the
Engine which result, under normal use and service,
from a defect in material or factory workmanship
(Warrantable Failure). This Coverage begins with the
sale of the Engine by Cummins and ends five years or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers), whichever occurs
first, after the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user .

Engine aftertreatment components included in the
Cummins Critical Parts List (CPL) and marked with a
Cummins part number are covered under Base Engine
Warranty.

Additional Coverage is outlined in the Emission
Warranty section.

These Warranties are made to all Owners in the
chain of distribution and Coverage continues to all
subsequent Owners until the end of the periods of
Coverage.

Cummins
Responsibilities
Cummins will pay for all parts and labor needed to
repair the damage to the Engine resulting from a
Warrantable Failure.

Cummins will pay for the lubricating oil, antifreeze,
filter elements, belts, hoses and other maintenance
items that are not reusable due to the Warrantable
Failure.

Cummins will pay for reasonable labor costs for
Engine removal and reinstallation when necessary to
repair a Warrantable Failure.

Cummins will pay reasonable costs for towing a
vehicle disabled by a Warrantable Failure to the
nearest authorized repair location. In lieu of the towing expense, Cummins will pay reasonable costs for
mechanics to travel to and from the location of the
vehicle, including meals, mileage and lodging when
the repair is performed at the site of the failure.

Owner
Responsibilities
Owner is responsible for the operation and
maintenance of the Engine as specified in Cummins
Operation and Maintenance Manuals. Owner is also
responsible for providing proof that all recommended
maintenance has been performed.

Before the expiration of the applicable Warranty,
Owner must notify a Cummins distributor ,authorized
dealer or other repair location approved by Cummins
of any Warrantable Failure and make the Engine
available for repair by such facility. Except for Engines disabled by a Warrantable Failure, Owner must also
deliver the Engine to the repair facility.

Service locations are listed on the Cummins Worldwide
Service Locator at cummins.com.

Owner is responsible for the cost of lubricating oil,
antifreeze, filter elements and other maintenance items provided during Warranty repairs unless such items
are not reusable due to the Warrantable Failure.

Owner is responsible for communication expenses,
meals, lodging and similar costs incurred as a result of a Warrantable Failure.

Owner is responsible for non-Engine repairs and for
‘‘downtime’’expenses, cargo damage, fines, all
applicable taxes, all business costs and other losses
resulting from a Warrantable Failure.

Owner is responsible for a $100 (U.S. Dollars)
deductible per each service visit under this plan in the 3rd, 4th and 5th years of Base Engine Warranty. The
deductible will not be charged during the first 2 years of the Base Engine Warranty.

Limitations
Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage
resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse
or neglect, including, but not limited to: operation
without adequate coolants or lubricants; overfueling;
overspeeding; lack of maintenance of lubricating,
cooling or intake systems; improper storage, starting,
warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices; unauthorized
modifications of the Engine.

Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment
could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty.

Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by
incorrect oil, fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water , dirt or other contaminants in the fuel, oil or diesel
exhaust fluid.

This Warranty does not apply to accessories supplied
by Cummins which bear the name of another
company. Such non-warranted accessories include, but
are not limited to: alternators, starters, fans, air
conditioning compressors, clutches, filters,
transmissions, torque converters, vacuum pumps,
power steering pumps, fan drives and air compressors.

Cummins branded alternators and starters are covered
for the first two years from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user ,or the expiration of the Base Engine Warranty, whichever occurs first.

Failures resulting in excessive oil consumption are not covered beyond the duration of the Coverage or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers) or 7,000 hours from
the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user ,
whichever of the three occurs first. Before a claim for excessive oil consumption will be considered, Owner
must submit adequate documentation to show that
consumption exceeds Cummins published standards.

Failures of belts and hoses supplied by Cummins are
not covered beyond the first year from the date of
delivery of the Engine to the first user or the duration of the Warranty, whichever occurs first.

Parts used to repair a Warrantable Failure may be new
Cummins parts, Cummins approved rebuilt parts or
repaired parts. Cummins is not responsible for failures resulting from the use of parts not approved by
Cummins.

A new Cummins or Cummins approved rebuilt part
used to repair a Warrantable Failure assumes the
identity of the part it replaced and is entitled to the remaining Coverage hereunder .

Cummins Inc. reserves the right to interrogate
Electronic Control Module (ECM) data for purposes of
failure analysis.

CUMMINS DOES NOT COVER WEAR OR WEAROUT
OF COVERED PARTS.

CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

THIS W ARRANTYAND THE EMISSION W ARRANTY

SET FORTH HEREINAFTER ARE THE SOLE

W ARRANTIESMADE BY CUMMINS IN REGARD TO
THESE ENGINES. CUMMINS MAKES NO OTHER

W ARRANTIES,EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OR OF

MERCHANT ABILITYOR FITNESS FOR A
P ARTICULARPURPOSE.

This Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you
may also have other rights which vary from state to
state.

Emission
Warranty
Products Warranted
This Emission Warranty applies to new Engines
marketed by Cummins that are used in the United
States** in vehicles designed for transporting persons
or property on a street or highway. This Warranty
applies to Engines delivered to the first user on or after September 1, 1992.

Coverage
Cummins warrants to the first user and each
subsequent purchaser that the Engine is designed,
built and equipped so as to conform at the time of sale by Cummins with all U.S. federal emission regulations
applicable at the time of manufacture and that it is free from defects in material or factory workmanship which
would cause it not to meet these regulations within the longer of the following periods: (A) Five years or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers) of operation,
whichever occurs first, as measured from the date of
delivery of the Engine to the first user or (B) The Base Engine Warranty.

If the vehicle in which the Engine is installed is
registered in the state of California, a separate
California Emission Warranty also applies.

Limitations
Failures, other than those resulting from defects in
material or factory workmanship, are not covered by
this Warranty.

Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage
resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse
or neglect, including, but not limited to: operation
without adequate coolants or lubricants; overfueling;
overspeeding; lack of maintenance of lubricating,
cooling or intake systems; improper storage, starting,
warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices; unauthorized
modifications of the Engine.

Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment
could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty.

Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by
incorrect oil, fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water , dirt or other contaminants in the fuel, oil or diesel
exhaust fluid.

Cummins is not responsible for non-Engine repairs,
‘‘downtime’’expenses, cargo damage, fines, all
applicable taxes, all business costs or other losses
resulting from a Warrantable Failure.

Cummins Inc.

Box 3005
Columbus, IN 47202-3005
U.S.A.

CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.
* Airport operated crash trucks and fire department
operated trucks employed to respond to fires,
hazardous material releases, rescue and other
emergency-type situations.
** United States includes American Samoa, the
Commonwealth of Northern Mariana Islands, Guam,
Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands.

Cummins Inc.

Box 3005
Columbus, IN 47202-3005
U.S.A.

Bulletin 3381161
Printed in U.S.A. Rev. 08/09
/H230052001 Cummins Inc.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Lifetime Fifty (50) Year Structural Integrity
Custom Chassis Frame
Fifty (50) Years
(Expected Life of Apparatus)
Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

Custom chassis frame rail manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty excludes brake pads, brake rotors, seal boots and shock absorbers.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Visalia City CouncilOctober 17, 2022

Visalia City Council
October 17, 2022